Document:

Indenture dated as of July 30, 2010

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

11 
1/2% SENIOR SECURED FIRST LIEN NOTES DUE 2015 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of July 30, 2010 
  

 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, 
 as Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent 

 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA

Section
	  	Indenture
Section
			
	310	 	(a)(1)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(2)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		 	(a)(5)	  	7.10
		 	(b)	  	7.10
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	311	 	(a)	  	7.11
		 	(b)	  	7.11
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	312	 	(a)	  	2.05
		 	(b)	  	13.03
		 	(c)	  	13.03
	313	 	(a)	  	7.06
		 	(b)(1)	  	12.03
		 	(b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
		 	(c)	  	7.06; 13.02
		 	(d)	  	7.06
	314	 	(a)	  	4.04; 4.16;

13.02; 13.05

		 	(b)	  	12.02
		 	(c)(1)	  	13.04
		 	(c)(2)	  	13.04
		 	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(d)	  	12.03
		 	(e)	  	13.05
		 	(f)	  	N.A.
	315	 	(a)	  	7.01
		 	(b)	  	7.05; 13.02
		 	(c)	  	7.01
		 	(d)	  	7.01
		 	(e)	  	6.11
	316	 	(a) (last sentence)	  	2.09
		 	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
		 	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
		 	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)	  	6.07, 9.02
		 	(c)	  	2.12
	317	 	(a)(1)	  	6.08
		 	(a)(2)	  	6.09
		 	(b)	  	2.04

  

 i 

					
	 TIA

Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	318	 	(a)	  	13.01
		 	(b)	  	N.A.
		 	(c)	  	13.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable.

 NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 

 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	 	 	  	 Page

		
	ARTICLE 1          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	1
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	1
			
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	30
			
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of TIA
	  	31
			
	 Section 1.04
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	31
		
	ARTICLE 2          THE NOTES	  	32
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	32
			
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	33
			
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	33
			
	 Section 2.04
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.05
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.06
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.07
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	43
			
	 Section 2.08
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	43
			
	 Section 2.09
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	44
			
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	44
			
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Cancellation
	  	44
			
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Default Interest; Additional Interest
	  	44
			
	 Section 2.13
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	45
			
	 Section 2.14
	 	 Interest Payment Date; Record Date
	  	45
		
	ARTICLE 3          REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE	  	45
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	45
			
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	45
			
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	46
			
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	47
			
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	47
			
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	47
			
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	48
			
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes
	  	49
			
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Special Mandatory Redemption
	  	49

  

 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	 Page

			
	 Section 3.10
	 	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or From Excess Cash Flow
	  	51
		
	ARTICLE 4          COVENANTS	  	53
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	54
			
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	54
			
	 Section 4.05
	 	 Taxes
	  	55
			
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	55
			
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Restricted Payments
	  	55
			
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	  	58
			
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Liens
	  	62
			
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	62
			
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	63
			
	 Section 4.12
	 	 Business Activities
	  	65
			
	 Section 4.13
	 	 Additional Note Guarantees
	  	65
			
	 Section 4.14
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	66
			
	 Section 4.15
	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	67
			
	 Section 4.16
	 	 Reports
	  	68
			
	 Section 4.17
	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	69
			
	 Section 4.18
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	71
			
	 Section 4.19
	 	 Excess Cash Flow Offer
	  	73
			
	 Section 4.20
	 	 Impairment of Security Interest
	  	74
			
	 Section 4.21
	 	 Withholding Taxes
	  	75
			
	 Section 4.22
	 	 Platinum Explorer Delivery Date
	  	77
		
	ARTICLE 5          SUCCESSORS	  	79
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	  	79
			
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	80
		
	ARTICLE 6          DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	80
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	 Events of Default
	  	80

  

 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	 Page

			
	 Section 6.02
	 	 Acceleration
	  	83
			
	 Section 6.03
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	83
			
	 Section 6.04
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	83
			
	 Section 6.05
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	84
			
	 Section 6.06
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	84
			
	 Section 6.07
	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	84
			
	 Section 6.08
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent
	  	85
			
	 Section 6.09
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	85
			
	 Section 6.10
	 	 Priorities
	  	86
			
	 Section 6.11
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	86
		
	ARTICLE 7          TRUSTEE	  	86
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	86
			
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	87
			
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	88
			
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	88
			
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	89
			
	 Section 7.06
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	89
			
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	89
			
	 Section 7.08
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	90
			
	 Section 7.09
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
	  	91
			
	 Section 7.10
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	91
			
	 Section 7.11
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	92
			
	 Section 7.12
	 	 Trustee in Other Capacities; Noteholder Collateral Agent and Paying Agent
	  	92
		
	ARTICLE 8          LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	92
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	92
			
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	92
			
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	93
			
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	94
			
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	95

  

 v 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	 Page

			
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to Company
	  	96
			
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	96
		
	ARTICLE 9          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	96
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	96
			
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	98
			
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Compliance with TIA
	  	99
			
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	99
			
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	99
			
	 Section 9.06
	 	 Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	100
		
	ARTICLE 10        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	100
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	100
			
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	101
		
	ARTICLE 11        NOTE GUARANTEES	  	102
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Note Guarantee
	  	102
			
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	103
			
	 Section 11.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	103
			
	 Section 11.04
	 	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	104
			
	 Section 11.05
	 	 Releases
	  	105
		
	ARTICLE 12        SECURITY	  	105
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 Grant of Security Interests; Intercreditor Agreement
	  	105
			
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Recording and Opinions
	  	107
			
	 Section 12.03
	 	 Release of Collateral
	  	108
			
	 Section 12.04
	 	 Form and Sufficiency of Release
	  	109
			
	 Section 12.05
	 	 Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Noteholder Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Agreements
	  	110
			
	 Section 12.06
	 	 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Agreements
	  	110
			
	 Section 12.07
	 	 Replacement of Noteholder Collateral Agent
	  	110
			
	 Section 12.08
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	111
		
	ARTICLE 13        MISCELLANEOUS	  	111

  

 vi 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	 Page

			
	 Section 13.01
	 	 TIA Controls
	  	111
			
	 Section 13.02
	 	 Notices
	  	111
			
	 Section 13.03
	 	 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	  	113
			
	 Section 13.04
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	113
			
	 Section 13.05
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	113
			
	 Section 13.06
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.07
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.08
	 	 Governing Law
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.09
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.10
	 	 Successors
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.11
	 	 Severability
	  	114
			
	 Section 13.12
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	115
			
	 Section 13.13
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	115
			
	EXHIBITS	 		  	
			
	Exhibit A	 	FORM OF NOTE	  	A-1
	Exhibit B	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER	  	B-1
	Exhibit C	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE	  	C-1
	Exhibit D	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR	  	D-1
	Exhibit E	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF NOTE GUARANTEE	  	E-1
	Exhibit F	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	  	F-1
	Exhibit G-1	 	FORM OF SHIP MORTGAGE - PANAMA	  	G-1-1
	Exhibit G-2	 	FORM OF SHIP MORTGAGE AND DEED OF COVENANTS - BAHAMAS	  	G-2-1
	Exhibit H-1	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INSURANCE – OWNER	  	H-1-1
	Exhibit H-2	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INSURANCE BY INTERNAL CHARTERERS	  	H-2-1
	Exhibit I-1	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF EARNINGS – OWNER	  	I-1-1
	Exhibit I-2	 	FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF EARNINGS BY INTERNAL CHARTERERS	  	I-2-1
	Exhibit J	 	FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT	  	J-1
	Exhibit K	 	FORM OF OPINION OF BAHAMIAN LEGAL COUNSEL	  	K-1
	Exhibit L	 	FORM OF BRING-DOWN OPINION OF CAYMAN ISLANDS LEGAL COUNSEL	  	L-1

 NOTE: This Table of Contents shall not, for
any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 
  

 vii 

 INDENTURE, dated as of July 30, 2010 among Offshore Group Investment Limited, a Cayman
Islands exempted company (the “Company”), Vantage Drilling Company, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Parent”), as a Guarantor (as defined herein), the other Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, and any and all successors thereto, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Noteholder Collateral Agent”). 

The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each
other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the
11 1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015
(the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 

BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01
Definitions. 
 “Accounts Assignment” means, collectively, the first priority assignments of the
Platinum Explorer Escrow Account in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent given by the Company, each Guarantor and each Internal Charterer, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person (regardless of the form of the applicable transaction by which such Person became a Subsidiary) or expressly assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from any such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person or of such Indebtedness being incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets; and

 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

Acquired Debt will be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary or the later of the date such Indebtedness is incurred
or the date of the related acquisition of assets from such Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition from
F3 Capital of the remaining 55% interest in Mandarin Drilling by Parent pursuant to the Share Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated July 6, 2010, between F3 Capital and Parent. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. 

 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued after
the Issue Date in accordance with this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 (“Form and Dating”), 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) and Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock”) hereof, as part of the same class as the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person
means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership
of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 “Agent” means each of the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent and Noteholder Collateral Agent. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global
Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 

(A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at February 1, 2013, (such redemption
price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) (“Optional Redemption”) hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through February 1, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the
redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the treasury rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over  

(B) the principal amount of the Note, if greater. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by
Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and/or Section 5.01 (“Merger; Consolidation; Sale of Assets”) hereof, and not by Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; 

 

 2 

 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
or the sale of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries other than statutory or directors qualifying shares; and 

(3) an Involuntary Transfer. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value or that
results in generating Net Proceeds, in either case, of less than $5.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of Equity
Interests or other assets between or among the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance
of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the
sale or lease or other disposition of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or conveyance or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof or a Permitted
Investment; 
 (7) the pledge, asset sale or other disposition by Parent or any Excluded Parent Subsidiary of the
Equity Interests of any Excluded Parent Subsidiary; and 
 (8) any transfer of property in connection with a sale
and leaseback transaction. 
 “Assignments” means, collectively, the Platinum Explorer
Construction Assignment, the Accounts Assignment, each Insurance Assignment and each Earnings Assignment.  

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except
that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such
“person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially
Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  

 3 

 “Bill of Sale” means that certain bill of sale from DSME to the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary transferring title of the Platinum Explorer to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner
of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof or the manager or any committee of managers; and 
 (4) with
respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Builder’s
Certificate” means the builder’s certificate delivered by DSME in accordance with the terms of the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which banks in New York, New York or the state
in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is not a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding Business Day, and no
interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Calculation Date” means the date on which
the event occurred for which the calculation of Parent Consolidated Cash Flow or Company Consolidated Cash Flow is made. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of
a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
  

 4 

 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right
to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of
participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of
“B” or better; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case,
maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the
assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 

“Certificated Note” means a definitive Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (other than assets of Excluded Parent Subsidiaries) or the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in either case, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act); 

(2) any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) acquires, directly or
indirectly, in one or a series of transactions Beneficial Ownership of 
  

 5 

 
more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Parent (or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company) or the Company and maintains such Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of
Parent (or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company) or the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, for more than 15 consecutive business days; 

(3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or the Company; 

(4) the consummation of any transaction or any series of transactions (including, without limitation, any merger,
consolidation or other business combination), the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting
Stock of Parent (or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company), measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 

(5) Parent or the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or
merges with or into, Parent or the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent or the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property,
other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of Parent or the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person
constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); 

(6) the first day on which Parent ceases to own at least 90% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company; or

 (7) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent are not Continuing
Directors. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Collateral” means all assets and property, whether now owned, or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien or Mortgage
securing the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, is granted or purported to be granted under any Collateral Agreement. 

“Collateral Agreements” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Mortgage, each Assignment, the Platinum
Explorer Escrow Agreement, and each other instrument, including any security document or pledge agreement, creating Liens in favor of the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent as required by this Indenture, and any Intercreditor Agreement, in
each case, as the same may be in force from time to time. 
 “Company Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with
respect to any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period plus, without duplication: 
  

 6 

 (1) an amount equal to (a) any extraordinary loss plus (b) any net
loss realized by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (3)
the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses
that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus 

(5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the
ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Company Consolidated Cash Flow
shall be calculated to give effect to the following: 
 (1) Pro forma effect shall be given to any
acquisition of a company, business, asset or Vessel that has been made by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period, or approved and expected to be consummated within 30 days of the Calculation Date,
including, in each case, through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition, and including any related financing transactions, in each case during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the
Calculation Date, in each case, as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 

(2) The Company Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and
operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded. 
 (3) The provision for
taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Company Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent that a
corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant
to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, 
  

 7 

 
decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the ratio test set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock”) hereof, shall give effect to any incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness relating to the construction, delivery and/or acquisition of any Vessel in accordance with the foregoing clause (1). 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means Parent Consolidated Cash Flow or Company Consolidated Cash Flow, as applicable, on the
applicable Calculation Date. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; provided, however, that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to any transaction that may be given pro forma effect in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time; provided, further,
however, that (1) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded and (2) the
Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations
giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or the referent Person and its Subsidiaries (in the case of Parent) following the
Calculation Date. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(in the case of the Company), or such Person and its Subsidiaries (in the case of Parent) for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance
financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations but excluding: 
  

	 	(a)	amortization of debt issuance costs; and 

  

	 	(b)	any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or original issue discount or other charges in connection with
redeeming or otherwise retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, to the extent that any of such nonrecurring charges constitute interest expense); and 

 

 8 

 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and any Restricted
Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or such Person and its Subsidiaries (in the case of Parent) that was capitalized during such period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company) or such Person and its Subsidiaries (in the case of Parent) for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the
terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and 

(4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not
distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date
of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Parent who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the Issue Date; or 
 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the
approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Contract Unwind Trigger” means the termination of the underlying Drilling Contract and the collection of all revenue
and accounts receivable owing under such Drilling Contract to the applicable Subsidiary. 
 “Contract Winning
Trigger” means the entering into a Drilling Contract by any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent or the Company that is not already a Guarantor, under which the drilling services are to be performed by a Vessel, or any vessel of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 9 

 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 13.02 (“Notices”) hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

“Credit Agreement” means a credit agreement, term loan, promissory note or notes with, or other evidence of Indebtedness
to, banks or other institutional lenders, investors or credit providers providing for up to $25.0 million of borrowings (inclusive of letters of credit issued thereunder), including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to
institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit Agreement Collateral Agent” means
the collateral agent for the benefit of the lenders under any Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreements, together with its successors in such capacity. 

“Credit Agreement Obligations” means any Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under any Credit Agreement.

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor
entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or
both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having
become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital
Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, the following will not constitute Disqualified Stock: (1) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Parent or the Company to
repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Parent or the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless
such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) hereof; and (2) Capital Stock that is convertible or exchangeable into other Capital Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that Parent or the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the 

 

 10 

 
maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 

“Drilling Contract” means any drilling contract in respect of any Vessel or other contract for use of any Vessel (except
Internal Charters). 
 “DSME” means Daewoo Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd., a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Korea. 
 “Earnings Account” means,
collectively, one or more interest bearing accounts maintained from time to time with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the Noteholder Collateral Agent or another financial institution reasonably acceptable and located in a jurisdiction reasonably
acceptable to the Noteholder Collateral Agent subject to an account control agreement, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law. 

“Earnings Assignment” means collectively the first priority assignments of earnings in favor of the Noteholder
Collateral Agent given by the Company, each applicable Guarantor, and each applicable Internal Charterer respecting all earnings derived from the Vessels and their respective operations, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits I-1 or
I-2, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Equity Interests” means
Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means a sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) (1) of the Company or
(2) the proceeds of which are in an amount equal to or exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and are contributed to the equity capital of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, Company Consolidated Cash Flow for such period, adjusted as follows:

 (1) minus the cash portion of Fixed Charges (net of interest income) and the cash portion of any related
financing fees with respect to such period; 
 (2) minus the cash portion of all federal, state, local and
foreign income taxes and franchise or margin taxes paid or payable (without duplication) by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; 

(3) minus all capital expenditures (meaning for any period all direct or indirect (by way of acquisition of securities of
a Person or the expenditure of cash or the transfer of property or the incurrence of Indebtedness) in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets determined in conformity with GAAP) made or committed to be made during
such period by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  

 11 

 (4) minus or plus, respectively, any net increase or decrease in working
capital (meaning, as of any date, the difference between (a) current assets, other than cash and Cash Equivalents, of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such date and (b) current liabilities of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such date; provided, however, that the amount of accounts receivable at any date shall be the average of accounts receivable on the last day of the three fiscal months (immediately preceding such date) from the
beginning to the end of such period; 
 (5) to the extent not included in (2) above, minus any Permitted
Parent Payments and Permitted Operating Expense and Tax Reimbursements; 
 provided that Company Consolidated Cash Flow shall not, for
purposes of determining the amount of any Excess Cash Flow Offer, give effect to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the definition of Company Consolidated Cash Flow. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
thereunder. 
 “Excluded Assets” means assets of the Company and Guarantors that are not, as of the Issue Date,
and are of a kind that will not, following the Issue Date, be part of the Collateral. 
 “Excluded Parent
Subsidiaries” means the current and future Subsidiaries of Parent that are not Guarantors or Restricted Subsidiaries. As of the Issue Date, the Excluded Parent Subsidiaries will consist of Vantage Luxembourg 1 SARL, Vantage Energy Services
Inc., P2020 Rig Co., Vantage International Management Company Pte. Ltd., Vantage International Payroll Company Pte. Ltd., Vantage US Payroll Company Pte. Ltd., Vantage International Payroll Co., Vantage Driller III Co., Vantage Driller V Co.,
Vantage Deepwater Company, Vantage Holdings Caymans, Platinum Explorer Company, Titanium Explorer Company and Cobalt Explorer Company. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Parent (other than Indebtedness under the Note Guarantees) in existence on
the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid, in an aggregate principal amount of $166,289,000. 
 “F3 Capital
Note” means the convertible promissory note between Parent and F3 Capital in the original face amount of $60.0 million, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a
transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“Final Construction Payment” means the final payment to DSME in respect of Payment Milestone 5 due and payable at the
time of delivery and acceptance of the Platinum Explorer in conformity with the requirements of the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract and the specifications set forth therein, which payment shall be made no earlier than the time of such
delivery and acceptance. 
  

 12 

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity
as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof,
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means,
individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and
that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 (“Form and Dating”) and Section 2.06(b)(3) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof.

 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of
America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantors” means
Parent, each Subsidiary of the Company and certain other Subsidiaries of Parent that execute a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, in each case, together with their respective successors and assigns until the Note
Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging
Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1)
interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and 

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or
commodity prices. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person
(excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent, 
  

 13 

 (1) in respect of borrowed money: 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six
months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging
Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person 

“Indenture” means this indenture pursuant to which the Notes will be issued among the Company, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Indenture Documents” means any of the Notes, Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Agreements. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means the first $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Installment Payments” mean progress payments to DSME in respect of Payment
Milestone 3 and Payment Milestone 4 under the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract. 
 “Institutional Accredited
Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Insurance Advisor” means BankServe or another independent insurance advisor to the Collateral Agent who is reasonably
satisfactory to the Company and who is not the Company’s independent marine insurance broker. 
 “Insurance
Assignment” means collectively the first priority assignments of insurance in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent given by the Company and the applicable Guarantor and the applicable Internal Charterer, if any, respecting all insurance
covering the Vessels or 
  

 14 

 
their respective operations, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits H-1 and H-2, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means any intercreditor agreement whose terms are no less favorable to
the Holders than those set forth in the form of intercreditor agreement attached hereto as Exhibit J, and that is entered into in connection with entering into any Credit Agreement, among the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent, the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Internal Charter” means any charter or other contract respecting the use or operations of any Vessel between any
Guarantor that is a Vessel owner and any Internal Charterer. 
 “Internal Charter Unwind Trigger” means the
termination of the underlying Internal Charter and the collection of all revenue and accounts receivable owing under such Internal Charter to the applicable Subsidiary. 

“Internal Charterer” means any Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent, in each case, that is not the
owner of the relevant Vessel and that is a party to any Drilling Contract or any bareboat charter or other such charter in respect of a Vessel. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the
Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined
as provided in Section 4.07(c) (“Restricted Payments”) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or
such Subsidiary in such third Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c)
(“Restricted Payments”) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 

“Involuntary Transfer” means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(1) any damage to such asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss (except as and to the extent that Section 3.09(b) applies in the event of a
total loss of a Vessel), (2) the confiscation, condemnation, requisition, appropriation or similar taking regarding such 
  

 15 

 
asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or (3) foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien or the exercise by a holder of a
Lien of any rights with respect to it. 
 “Issue Date” means the first date on which the Notes are issued under
this Indenture. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option
or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Mandarin Drilling” means Mandarin Drilling Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the
Marshall Islands. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating
agency business thereof. 
 “Mortgage” means each Ship Mortgage, each other mortgage, deed of trust, deed to
secure debt and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on property owned or leased by the Company or any Guarantor is granted to secure Obligations under this Indenture or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens
are governed, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Net Income” means,
with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in
connection with (a) any Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary
gain (but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, and taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; and (2) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 

 

 16 

 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause
the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) as to which
the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person as defined under Regulation S of the Securities Act.

 “Note Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any
principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated July 26, 2010 of the Company relating to the Notes.

 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of
whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or
Opinion”) hereof. 
 “ONGC” means Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited, an Indian company. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the
requirements of Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary of Parent or the Trustee. 

 

 17 

 “Other Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary
of Parent but not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company and whose sole purpose is to be (a) a party to a Drilling Contract or an Internal Charter or (b) the parent company of an Internal Charterer, in each case, to the extent
(i) such Subsidiary is not permitted to become a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company due to restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Drilling Contract, (ii) causing such Subsidiary to become a direct or indirect
Subsidiary of the Company would result in adverse tax treatment or a violation of applicable laws or (iii) the sole business and activity of such Subsidiary is to act as a bidding entity for Drilling Contracts. No Other Guarantor shall engage
in any other business or activities or incur or guarantee any Indebtedness (other than guarantees of the Notes or any Credit Agreement Obligations), and any earnings of such Other Guarantor attributable to any Drilling Contract or Internal Charter
in respect of a Vessel shall be subject to the Earnings Assignment. As of the Issue Date, the Other Guarantors are Vantage Driller I Co., Vantage Driller II Co. and Vantage Driller IV Co., each a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited
liability, Vantage Holding Hungary Kft, a Hungarian limited liability company, and Vantage Drilling Netherlands BV, a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands. 

“P2021 Indenture” means the indenture, dated December 23, 2009, among P2021 Rig Co., Parent and the other
guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust FSB that governs the P2021 Notes, as amended and supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated March 29, 2010. 

“P2021 Notes” means any and all notes issued pursuant to the P2021 Indenture. 

“Parent Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any period, the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for such period
plus, without duplication: 
 (1) an amount equal to (a) any extraordinary loss plus (b) any net loss
realized by Parent and its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (3) the Consolidated
Interest Expense of Parent and its Subsidiaries to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses
that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period) of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus  

 

 18 

 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period,
other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Parent Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated to give effect to the following: 

(1) Pro forma effect shall be given to any acquisition of a company, business, asset or Vessel that has been made by
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or to the commencement of operations of a Vessel first delivered to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, during the four-quarter reference period, or approved and expected to be consummated within 30
days of the Calculation Date, including, in each case, through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition, and including any related financing transactions, in each case during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, in each case, as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 

(2) With respect to the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for purposes of Section 4.08(a)(1)
(“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, pro forma effect shall be given to any delivery to, or acquisition by, Parent or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries of any Vessel or construction contract for such
Vessel usable in the normal course of business of Parent that is (or are) subject to a Qualified Services Contract; provided that: 

(a) the amount of Parent Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to such Vessel shall be calculated in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of such Person; 
 (b) in the case of earned revenues under a
Qualified Services Contract, the Parent Consolidated Cash Flow shall be based on revenues actually earned pursuant to the Qualified Services Contract relating to such Vessel or Vessels, taking into account, where applicable, only actual expenses
incurred without duplication in any measurement period; 
 (c) the amount of Parent Consolidated Cash Flow shall
be the lesser of the Parent Consolidated Cash Flow derived on a pro forma basis from revenues for (i) the first full year of the Qualified Services Contract and (ii) the average of the Parent Consolidated Cash Flow of each year of such
Qualified Services Contract for the term of the Qualified Services Contract; 
 (d) in determining the estimated
expenses attributable to such Vessel, the calculation shall give effect to the interest expense attributable to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness relating to the construction, delivery and/or acquisition of such Vessel;

 (e) with respect to any expenses attributable to a Vessel, if the actual expenses differ from the estimate,
the actual amount shall be used in such calculation; 
  

 19 

 (f) if a Qualified Services Contract is terminated, or is amended,
supplemented or modified, following the Calculation Date, and after giving effect to the termination or the terms of such Qualified Services Contract as so amended, supplemented or modified, the Company would not have been able to but did incur
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the ratio set forth in Section 4.08(a)(1) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, Parent will, at the time of any such event, be required to either: (a) repay all or any
part of any such Indebtedness that would not have been permitted to be incurred had the Qualified Services Contract or such amendments, supplements or modifications thereto not been in effect at the time such Indebtedness was originally incurred, or
(b) enter into a replacement Qualified Services Contract, the terms of which would have permitted the incurrence of such Indebtedness had such replacement contract been in effect at the time such Indebtedness was incurred; and 

(g) notwithstanding the foregoing, the pro forma inclusion of Parent Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to any such
Qualified Services Contract for the four-quarter reference period shall be reduced by the actual Parent Consolidated Cash Flow from such new Vessel previously earned and accounted for in the actual results for the four-quarter reference period,
which actual Parent Consolidated Cash Flow may be included in the foregoing clause (1). 
 (3) The Parent
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded. 

(4) The provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Parent Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Parent by such
Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to the Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the calculation of the
ratio test set forth in Section 4.08(a)(1) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, shall give effect to any incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness relating to the construction, delivery
and/or acquisition of any Vessel in accordance with the foregoing clauses (1) and (2); and (ii) the acquisition of a Vessel with actual earned Parent Consolidated Cash Flow and future Parent Consolidated Cash Flow expected by virtue of the existence
of a Qualified Services Contract, may be given pro forma effect due to the combined effect of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2). 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  

 20 

 “Permitted Business” means 

(1) with respect to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a business in which the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries were engaged on the Issue Date, as described in the Offering Memorandum, and any business reasonably related or complimentary thereto; and 

(2) with respect to Parent, the ownership of the Equity Interests in the Company and Parent’s other Subsidiaries and
the business in which Parent is engaged on the Issue Date, as described in the Offering Memorandum, and any business reasonably related or complimentary thereto. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (4)
any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) hereof; 

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of obligations of
trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any
trade creditor or customer and any Investments obtained in exchange for any such Investments; 
 (7) Investments
represented by Hedging Obligations; 
 (8) repurchases of the Notes and redemption, and satisfaction and
discharge, of the P2021 Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Articles 3 and 10 of the P2021 Indenture; and 
  

 21 

 (9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $2.0
million. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens on assets of the Company and the Guarantors securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under any Credit
Agreement, or Additional Notes and related Note Guarantees, that are permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.08(b) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock”); 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent, the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with
the Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of
acquisition of the property by Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness
(including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.08(b)(5) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, covering only the assets constructed or acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness

 (7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(9) Liens imposed by law, such as necessaries suppliers, carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and
mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business not more than 30 days past due or which are being contested in good faith; 
  

 22 

 (10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others
for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in
the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(11) the pledge or encumbrance by Parent or any Excluded Parent Subsidiary of the Equity Interests, property or assets of
any Excluded Parent Subsidiary; 
 (12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes or the Note
Guarantees; 
 (13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this
Indenture; provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(a)	the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could
secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to such property, or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

  

	 	(b)	the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed
amount, of the original Indebtedness and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 

(14) Liens for obligations owed to vendors or other third parties that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, provided that, any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made thereof; 

(15) Liens in respect of Indebtedness of Parent permitted to be incurred by Section 4.08(a)(1) (“Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof, covering only the assets constructed or acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; provided that none of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor (other than Parent) will be
permitted to be subject to any Lien pursuant to this clause (15); 
 (16) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations;
and 
 (17) Liens on the assets of Vantage Holding Hungary Kft. securing certain existing Indebtedness to be
repaid upon the consummation of the Transactions, solely to the extent such Liens cannot be released in accordance with Hungarian law on the Issue Date; provided that such Liens are released in accordance with Hungarian law in full no later
than August 4, 2010. 
  

 23 

 “Permitted Operating Expense and Tax Reimbursements” means, without
duplication as to amounts, actual amounts paid by Parent for the benefit of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of bona fide goods, taxes, services and other operating expenses incurred from and after the Issue Date and relating
to the Permitted Business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any amounts so paid to Parent are on terms no less favorable than those available in arm’s length transactions with unaffiliated third parties;
provided further, that in no event shall any amounts that may be classified as Permitted Parent Payments be treated as Permitted Operating Expense and Tax Reimbursements. 

“Permitted Parent Payments means, without duplication as to amounts, payments to Parent by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to permit Parent to pay reasonable and bona fide franchise taxes and accounting, legal and administrative expenses of the Company and the Guarantors when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $17.5 million per annum, which amount
shall increase by 1.0% per annum on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2012. 
 “Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other
Indebtedness of Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums,
incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

(4) in the case of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary or both the Company and the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 

(5) in the case of Indebtedness of Parent, such Indebtedness is incurred either by Parent or by an Excluded Parent
Subsidiary or both Parent and an Excluded Parent 
  

 24 

 
Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and provided that such Indebtedness may not be incurred by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

“Platinum Explorer” means the DSME Ultra Deepwater Drillship Hull No. 3601, to be named the “Platinum
Explorer,” currently under construction at DSME, with delivery anticipated in November 2010, to be owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and to be registered in the name of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary under Bahamian
flag. 
 “Platinum Explorer Construction Assignment” means the first priority Assignment of the Platinum
Explorer Construction Contract and Platinum Explorer Refund Guarantee in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent given by Mandarin Drilling respecting the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract (including the Platinum Explorer Refund Guarantee),
together with the consent thereto, if any, of each of DSME and Korea Eximbank, as issuer of the Platinum Explorer Refund Guarantee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

“Platinum Explorer Construction Contract” means the Construction Contract between DSME and Mandarin Drilling dated
September 13, 2007, respecting the construction of the Platinum Explorer, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time. 

“Platinum Explorer Drilling Contract” means the five-year drilling contract, dated April 29, 2009, between Vantage
International Management Company and ONGC, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Platinum Explorer
Escrow Account” means the escrow account governed by the Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement. 
 “Platinum
Explorer Refund Guarantee” means the Letter of Credit dated November 24, 2008, issued by the Korea Eximbank, or similar instrument respecting the obligations of DSME under the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract, as amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(f)(1) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance” means the protocol of delivery and acceptance evidencing the delivery of the
Platinum Explorer by DSME to and acceptance of the Platinum Explorer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Services Contract” means, with respect to any vessel acquired by, or delivered to, Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries, a contract or series of contracts, together with any 
  

 25 

 
amendments, supplements or modifications thereto, that the Board of Directors of Parent, acting in good faith, designates as a “Qualified Services Contract” pursuant to a resolution of
the Board of Directors of Parent, which contract or contracts: 
 (1) are between Parent or one of its
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and (a) a Person with a rating (or a Person whose parent has such a rating) of either BBB- or higher from S&P or Baa3 or higher from Moody’s, or if such ratings are not available, then a similar investment
grade rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency or (b) any other Person provided such contract is supported by letters of credit, performance bonds or guarantees from a Person or its parent that has an investment
grade rating as described in the preceding subclause (a) of this clause (1), or such contract provides for a lockbox or similar arrangements or direct payment to Parent or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, by a Person with (or a Person whose
parent has) such an investment grade rating, for the full amount of the contracted payments due over the four-quarter reference period considered in calculating Consolidated Cash Flow; 

(2) provide for services to be performed by Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries involving the use of such vessel by
Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries, in either case for a minimum aggregate period of at least one year; 

(3) provide for a fixed or minimum dayrate or fixed rate for such vessel covering all the period in (2) above; and

 (4) for purposes of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock”), provide that revenues from such Qualified Services Contract are to be received by Parent or its Subsidiary within one year of (a) delivery of the related vessel and (b) the incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). 
 “Redemption
Date” means the date of redemption established by the Company or this Indenture as set forth under Article 3. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company,
the Guarantors and the Representatives. 
 “Regulation D” means Regulation D promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of
Regulation S. 
 “Representatives” means Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

 26 

 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means,
with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Certificated Note” means a Certificated Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to QIBs. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 “Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company
and the Grantors (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) from time to time party thereto in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms 

“Ship Mortgage” means, collectively, the first naval mortgages and other instruments such as deeds over the Vessels
(including, with respect to the Platinum Explorer, executed, 
  

 27 

 
delivered, and recorded as of the date the Platinum Explorer is delivered by DSME to the applicable Restricted Subsidiary), each duly registered in the Bahamian or Panamanian ship
registry, as applicable, in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, in substantially the form of Exhibits G-1 and G-2 hereto. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined
in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption” is the redemption provisions set forth under Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory
Redemption”). 
 “Specified Tax Jurisdiction” means each jurisdiction in which the Company or any
Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered by a taxing authority to be a resident for tax purposes or from or through which the Company or any Guarantor makes a payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any item or series of Indebtedness,
the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date or, if such item or series is incurred after the Issue Date, the date such item or series is
incurred will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
Trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary
of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 “Transactions” means, collectively, (i) the consummation of the Acquisition and the issuance of the F3
Capital Note, (ii) the issuance and sale of the notes and entry into the Collateral Agreements and the Registration Rights Agreement, (iii) the issuance and sale of ordinary shares of Parent in a concurrent equity offering, (iv) the repayment or
redemption of Indebtedness of Parent, the Company and certain of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Other 
  

 28 

 
Guarantors, including the satisfaction and discharge of the P2021 Indenture, (v) the funding of the Installment Payments, (vi) the funding of the Platinum Explorer Escrow Account, (vii) such
mergers, share transfers, consolidations, restructurings or similar transactions of Parent and its Subsidiaries that are effected as part of the corporate restructuring described in the Offering Memorandum and (viii) all other transactions relating
to the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing), each to occur on or prior to the Issue Date. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to
time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of
Directors of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a
Person with respect to which none of Parent, the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; 
 (4) has not
guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(5) is not the owner or Internal Charterer of a Vessel. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Vessels” means (i) the Panamanian flag vessels the Topaz Driller, the Emerald Driller and the
Sapphire Driller, (ii) the Platinum Explorer and (iii) any other vessel hereafter acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of 
  

 29 

 
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the
making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.21
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.18
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.17
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.17
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.17
	 “Company”
	  	Preamble
	 “Company Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Default Interest”
	  	2.12
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer”
	  	4.19
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”
	  	4.19
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.18
	 “Excluded Holder”
	  	4.21
	 “incur”
	  	4.08
	 “Indemnified Party”
	  	7.07
	 “interest”
	  	1.04
	 “Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.14
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “MD&A”
	  	4.16
	 “Noteholder Collateral Agent”
	  	Preamble
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.10
	 “Offer to Purchase”
	  	3.10
	 “Parent”
	  	Preamble
	 “Parent Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.08
	 “Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement”
	  	3.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.10
	 “Record Date”
	  	2.14
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.06

  

 30 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Special Interest”
	  	6.01
	 “Taxes”
	  	4.21
	 “Platinum Explorer Escrowed Proceeds”
	  	3.09
	 “Platinum Explorer Delivery Date”
	  	4.22
	 “Trustee”
	  	Preamble

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference
of TIA. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and
made a part of, this Indenture. 
 The following TIA term used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

 

 31 

 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be
deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 All references
to “Notes” or “principal amount of Notes” shall mean the outstanding principal amount of Notes after giving effect to any redemptions and any other purchases, whether pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise, and after giving
effect to any accretion of the principal amount due to the Notes having been issued at a discount to their face amount. 
 All
references to “interest” shall mean the initial interest rate borne by the Notes plus any Default Interest and any Additional Interest or Special Interest, as the case may be. If there has been no demand that the Company pay Default
Interest, the Company shall pay Default Interest, Additional Interest, if any, and Special Interest, if any, in the same manner as other interest, and on the same dates as set forth in the Notes and in this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE
NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The Company may issue Additional Notes from time to time after the Issue Date, provided such
issuance and incurrence would then comply with Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this
Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Notes” shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company,
the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global
Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in
certificated form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent
such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and 
  

 32 

 
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the
Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 

(c) [Reserved]. 

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear
System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and
Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive
evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the
Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding
at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to 

 

 33 

 
appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with
respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee
of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be
exchanged by the Company for Certificated Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after
the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
  

 34 

 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in
whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Certificated Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Registrar has
received a written request from the Depositary to issue Certificated Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1),
(2) or (3) above, Certificated Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 (“Replacement
Notes”) and 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section or Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) or
2.10 (“Temporary Notes”) hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section, however, beneficial interests in
a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Private Placement Legend. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in clause (1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) (“Transfer and Exchange”) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

 

 35 

 (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both:

 (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Certificated Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Certificated Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of the
requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s)
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) (“Transfer and Exchange”) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) If the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Certificated Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. If in accordance with
Section 2.06(a) (“Transfer and Exchange”) a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note is to be exchanged for a Restricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted
Certificated Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  

 36 

 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B), (C) or (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being
transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) (“Transfer and Exchange”) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to
the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The
Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section shall bear the Private
Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) [Reserved].

  

 37 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such
Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a QIB a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted Certificated Note is
being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of this Section, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such
Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Certificated Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case
of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 
  

 38 

 
144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Certificated Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Certificated Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section, the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the
Registrar the Certificated Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section. 

(1) Restricted Certificated Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) If the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made
pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
(other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this clause (1)), then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1) Private Placement Legend. Each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED
OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION OR THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS 

 

 39 

 
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE
DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE U.S. WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION
IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR
TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN
THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

  

 40 

 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY
THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS
ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS (EACH, AS DEFINED IN THIS INDENTURE).” 
 (g) Cancellation and/or
Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Certificated Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each
such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 (“Cancellation”) hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for
or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Certificated Notes, the 

 

 41 

 
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of
the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Certificated Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Certificated
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10 (“Temporary Notes”), 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”), 3.10 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or From Excess
Cash Flow”), 4.18 (“Asset Sales”), 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”) and 9.05 (“Notation on or Exchange of Notes”) hereof). 

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and
Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the
Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 (“Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased”) hereof and ending at the close of business on
the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
  

 42 

 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer
of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all
other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.02 (“Execution and Authentication”) hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and
Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an
indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss
that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
(“Treasury Notes”) hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding
for purposes of Section 3.07(c) (“Optional Redemption”) hereof. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07 (“Replacement Notes”) hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  

 43 

 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for
the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). Certification of the destruction or cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Default Interest; Additional
Interest. 
 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time on demand at the rate equal to 2% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful to
the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent Record Date, in each case at the rate provided as set forth in the Notes and consistent with Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof (“Default Interest”). The Company will
notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Default Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such Record Date and Interest Payment Date; provided that no
such Record Date may be 
  

 44 

 
less than 10 days prior to the related Interest Payment Date. At least 15 days before the Record Date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be sent to Holders a notice that states the Record Date, the related Interest Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

The Company will pay Additional Interest, if any, to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

Section 2.13 Persons Deemed Owners. 

The Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only Holders have rights under this Indenture and the Notes.

 Section 2.14 Interest Payment Date; Record Date. 

Interest on outstanding Notes will accrue at the rate of
11 1/2% per year and will be payable
semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2011 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the
immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 (“Optional
Redemption”) through and including Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”) hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days (unless the Trustee permits a shorter period) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption
Date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the Redemption Date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such other method as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements. 

 

 45 

 In the event of partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or
purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 35 (unless the Trustee permits a shorter period) nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date or Purchase Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the
preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.10 (“Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or From Excess Cash Flow”)
hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail electronically, or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 10
hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the Redemption Date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if the Notes are being redeemed in part: 

(A) that the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the
Trustee considers fair and appropriate, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements, and in any case, not in parts of $2,000 or less; and 

(B) the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of
such Notes, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

 

 46 

 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (7) the paragraph
of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s
name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the
information (or a shorter period as agreed to by the Trustee) to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section above. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 (“Notice of Redemption”) hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

No later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, interest will
cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to
comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 (“Payment of Notes”) hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or
Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the 
  

 47 

 
expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option
of the Company prior to February 1, 2013. 
 (b) At any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may, at its
option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at one time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable
Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date in respect
of then outstanding Notes. 
 (c) On or after February 1, 2013, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at
one time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 

 

				
	 For the Period Below
	  	Percentage	 
	 From February 1, 2013 to July 31, 2013
	  	108.625	% 
	 From August 1, 2013 to July 31, 2014
	  	105.750	% 
	 August 1, 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 Unless the
Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(d) At any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes, at one time or from time to time, issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.500% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, with the net
cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) the redemption occurs within 45 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”)
through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
  

 48 

 Section 3.08 Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes 

(a) At any time, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice,
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date), in the event that the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts as a
result of a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction (or any relevant jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or any
change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective
on or after the date of this Indenture, and the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to them; provided that the Board of Directors of Parent determines in good
faith that the aggregate amount of such Additional Amounts would create additional annual costs in excess of 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding; and 

(1) no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or
the Guarantors, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes or the Note Guarantee were then due, and 

(2) at the time any such redemption notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect.

 Prior to any redemption of the Notes, the Company will be required to deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’
Certificate stating that (x) the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, cannot avoid obligations to pay Additional Amounts by taking reasonable measures available to them and (y) the Company is otherwise entitled to effect such
redemption and attaching the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Parent as to additional annual costs described above and (ii) an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Company would be obligated to
pay Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations and, in the case of (i) and (ii), stating that the conditions precedent to the right of redemption have occurred. No such notice of redemption may be given more than 60
days before or more than 270 days after the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be, first becomes liable or aware of the liability to pay any Additional Amounts as a result of a change or amendment described above. 

(b) Any redemption pursuant to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”)
through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 
 Section 3.09 Special Mandatory Redemption. 

 

 49 

 (a) On the Issue Date, the Company shall deposit not less than $575,000,000 of the net
proceeds applicable to the remaining construction payments for the Platinum Explorer designated as “Platinum Explorer construction payment” as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum (the
“Platinum Explorer Escrowed Proceeds”), into an escrow account established on or prior to the Issue Date by the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as escrow agent, pursuant to an escrow agreement containing customary terms (the
“Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which the Platinum Explorer Escrowed Proceeds (or portions thereof) shall be released to the Company to (i) fund the Installment Payments and (ii) fund the Final
Construction Payment upon written request of the Company and subject to the terms and conditions of the Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement (it being understood that up to $70,000,000 of such net proceeds may be paid by the Company or Parent directly
to DSME on the Issue Date in respect of the Installment Payments). If, upon the first to occur of the following events: (i) prior to the delivery and acceptance of the Platinum Explorer in conformity with the Platinum Explorer
Construction Contract and the specifications set forth therein, the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract is terminated for any reason, or amended or modified after the Issue Date in any manner adverse to the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries or the Holders of the Notes; (ii) prior to the delivery and acceptance of the Platinum Explorer in conformity with the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract and the specifications set forth therein, the Platinum Explorer
Drilling Contract is (A) terminated for any reason or (B) amended or modified after the Issue Date in any manner adverse to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Holders of the Notes; or (iii) (A) delivery and
acceptance of the Platinum Explorer in conformity with the requirements of the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract and the specifications set forth therein has not occurred, (B) good and marketable title for the Platinum Explorer
is not transferred to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, (C) the Platinum Explorer is not registered in the name of the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary as owner under Bahamian flag and (D) a
Ship Mortgage is not recorded on the Platinum Explorer in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent by the later of (x) December 31, 2010 and (y) if the Company and ONGC have agreed in good faith to a modified delivery date for
the Platinum Explorer, December 31, 2010 plus the number of days so extended up to a maximum of 30 days, provided that the Platinum Explorer Drilling Contract has not otherwise been modified after the Issue Date in any manner
adverse to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Holders of the Notes, then, upon the occurrence or happening of any such event, the Company shall be required to redeem Notes equal in principal amount to not less than $575.0
million of Platinum Explorer Escrowed Proceeds (rounded to the nearest $1,000), including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts paid directly to DSME in respect of the Installment Payments, issued under this Indenture upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date. 

(b) If there is a total loss of a Vessel, then, upon the occurrence or happening of any such event, the Company shall be required to
redeem Notes equal in principal amount to the insurance proceeds received in respect of such loss (rounded to the nearest $1,000) issued under this Indenture upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date. 
  

 50 

 (c) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any redemption pursuant
to this Section shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 

Section 3.10 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or From Excess Cash Flow. 

In the event that, pursuant to (i) Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) hereof or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow
Offer”), the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or an Excess Cash Flow Offer (together, an “Offer to Purchase”), it will follow the procedures specified below and, with respect to an Asset Sale Offer, in
Sections 4.18(c), (d), (e) and (f) (“Asset Sales”) or, with respect to an Excess Cash Flow Offer, Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”): 

(a) The applicable Offer to Purchase shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. 

(b) The applicable Offer to Purchase will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more
than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). 

(c) No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will
apply all Excess Proceeds or the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount (in either case, as applicable, the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable)
or, if less than the applicable Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the applicable Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are
made. 
 (d) If the applicable Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date,
any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the applicable Offer to
Purchase. 
 (e) Upon the commencement of an applicable Offer to Purchase, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice
to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the applicable Offer to Purchase. The notice, which will govern the terms of the applicable
Offer to Purchase, will state: 
 (1) that such Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.10 and either Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) hereof or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) hereof and the length of time such Offer to Purchase will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

 

 51 

 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to such Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to such Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased in amounts not less than $2,000 and, thereafter, in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to such Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the
Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in
the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the
aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company will select other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased
on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that no Note of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part
and that minimum denominations of $1,000 in excess thereof are maintained); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes
were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the applicable Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the
Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10 and either Section 4.18 (“Asset
Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”). The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each
tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the
Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or 
  

 52 

 
cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly
mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the applicable Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date. 

(f) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10, any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 (“Notices to Trustee”) through 3.06 (“Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part”) hereof. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to any Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Section 3.10, Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this Section 3.10, Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Notes. Principal, premium, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 10:00 a.m.
Eastern Time on the due date, money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay Additional Interest, if any, pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts in each case as other interest is paid as set forth in the Notes. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from
time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the

  

 53 

 
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 (“Registrar and Paying Agent”) hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Corporate Existence. 

Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full
force and effect: 
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of
its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership
or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
that the loss thereof would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.04
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the
TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the
best of his or her actual knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of
this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have actual knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and
that to the best of his or her actual knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of
the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an 

 

 54 

 
Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and neither Parent nor the Company will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Equity Interests of
the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the
direct or indirect holders of the Company’s, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ or any direct or indirect parent of the Company’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness of the Company that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) or any Indebtedness of any Guarantor
or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of 
  

 55 

 
the Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of regularly scheduled interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the applicable ratio of Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash
Flow test set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof; and 

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
the Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7) and (8) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication,
of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a combined or
consolidated basis, as the case may be, for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to
its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the
Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 

(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or
otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

  

 56 

 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after
the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of Parent’s or the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary, as the case may be, as of the
date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture; plus 

(E) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. 

(b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60
days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend, distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company;
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; 

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar
distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the applicable ratio of Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) (“Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”); 
 (6) Permitted Parent Payments; 

(7) Permitted Operating Expense and Tax Reimbursements; and 

 

 57 

 (8) any Restricted Payment made pursuant to or in connection with the
Transactions. 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are
required to be valued by this Section will be determined by the Board of Directors of Parent whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. Such Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or
appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million. 

Section 4.08 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) Neither Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), none
of Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor will issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not, and neither Parent nor the Company, will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor
to, issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 
 (1) Parent may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1; or 

(2) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock
or other shares of preferred stock, if the ratio of total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal
financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or other shares of preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been less than 2.5 to 1,

 in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the Net Proceeds therefrom),
as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or other shares of preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, on the first day of such four-quarter period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) hereof will not
prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  

 58 

 (1) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of (A) additional
Indebtedness and letters of credit under a Credit Agreement (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the Guarantors thereunder) and (B) Additional Notes and
related Note Guarantees issued under this Indenture in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed $25.0 million; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note
Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date and the exchange notes and related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(3) the incurrence by Parent of Existing Indebtedness; 

(4) the incurrence by Parent of the F3 Capital Note on the Issue Date in the principal amount not to exceed $60.0 million
and the payment, or accretion, of interest on the F3 Capital Note pursuant to the terms of such F3 Capital Note; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment
used in the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (5), not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur an additional $5.0 million of Capital Lease Obligations at any one time outstanding to the
extent that any operating leases are redesignated as Capital Lease Obligations for accounting purposes; 
 (6)
Indebtedness of (a) Parent or (b) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which a new Subsidiary was acquired by Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by Parent, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary); provided, however, that (a) on the date that such Subsidiary is acquired by, or is merged into the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, Parent or the Company, as applicable, would have been able to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the applicable ratio set forth clause (a)(1) or (a)(2), as the case may be, of this Section 4.08 after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); and (b) the new
Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor; 
 (7) the incurrence by Parent, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the Net Proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other

  

 59 

 
than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section or clauses (2) (3), (4) or this clause (7); 

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (A) if the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes
and the Note Guarantees; and 
 (B) any (i) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results
in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, that was not permitted by this clause (8); 
 (9) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) the guarantee by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.08; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari
passu with the Notes, then the Note Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation
claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, and performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Note Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in any
case incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Guarantor (other than Note Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets

  

 60 

 
or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such disposition; and 
 (14) the incurrence by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed $10.0 million. 
 None of Parent, the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or Other
Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior Lien basis. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria
of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.08, Parent, the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08. The accrual of interest,
the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting
principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this
Section 4.08; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.08,
the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Parent, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

  

 61 

 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

Section 4.09 Liens. 

Neither Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens. 

Section 4.10 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

Neither Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or Other Guarantor to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 (1) any Credit Agreement, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein, including
any related collateral documents, and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other
payment restrictions than those contained in this Indenture; 
 (2) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness as
in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

 (3) this Indenture, the Notes and Note Guarantees; 

 

 62 

 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business,
mortgage financings and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or mortgaged or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 

(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of any Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
 (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 (“Liens”) that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the disposition
or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements; 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (13) restrictions contained in, or in request of, Hedging
Obligations permitted to be incurred by this Indenture. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the

  

 63 

 
benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (each, a “Company Affiliate Transaction”). In addition, Parent will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries (other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, which shall be subject to the preceding sentence) to, make any payment to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, which shall be subject to the preceding sentence) (each, a “Parent Affiliate Transaction”) unless: 

(1) the Parent Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Parent or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if there is no such comparable transaction, on terms that are fair and reasonable to Parent or such Subsidiary
and reflect an arms’ length negotiation; and 
 (2) Parent delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Parent Affiliate Transaction or series of related Parent Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Parent set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Parent Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such
Parent Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent; and 

(B) with respect to any Parent Affiliate Transaction or series of related Parent Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Parent or such Subsidiary of such Parent Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Company Affiliate Transactions or Parent Affiliate
Transactions, as applicable, and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph: 
 (1)
any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 

(2) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of Parent; 

(3) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor;

 (4) transactions between or among Parent and/or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding transactions involving the
Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor); 
  

 64 

 (5) loans or advances to employees of Parent in the ordinary course of
business not to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
 (6) transactions with a
Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(7) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”); 

(8) any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendments, renewals or extensions of any such agreement (so long
as such amendments, renewals or extensions are not less favorable to the Holders); 
 (9) transactions between or
among any Excluded Parent Subsidiary, on the one hand and Parent and any of its other Subsidiaries (excluding transactions involving the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor), on the other hand, provided that
such transaction is entered into in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis and that any such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent pursuant to a
resolution of the Board of Directors of Parent set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; and 
 (10) the
Transactions and all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection therewith. 
 Section 4.12 Business Activities. 

Neither Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Guarantor to, engage
in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 4.13 Additional Note Guarantees. 

If (a) the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries acquire or create another Subsidiary, (b) Parent acquires or creates
another Subsidiary to directly or indirectly own the Equity Interests of the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor, (c) any Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any Credit Agreement
or owns any Vessel, (d) any Subsidiary of Parent or the Company that is not already a Guarantor is the subject of a Contract Winning Trigger or (e) any Subsidiary of Parent or the Company that is not already a Guarantor becomes an Internal
Charterer, after the Issue Date, then Parent or the Company, as applicable, will: 
 (1) cause that Subsidiary to

 (A) execute a supplemental indenture and a Note Guarantee pursuant to which it will become a Guarantor,

  

 65 

 (B) execute amendments to the Collateral Agreements and cause the same to be
perfected pursuant to which it becomes subject to the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder and pledge its assets, including the Equity Interests it owns in any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to the Collateral Agreements; and 

(C) execute an amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement to join that agreement in the same way and capacity as the
other Guarantors; 
 and 

(2) deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, in each case within 20 Business Days of
the date on which the Subsidiary was acquired or created or otherwise becomes subject to this Section; provided that any applicable Subsidiary may be released from its Note Guarantee and related pledge following the occurrence of a Contract
Unwind Trigger provided the conditions to that release are satisfied. 
 In addition, to the extent any such Subsidiary
(a) is not already a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company and (b) does not constitute an Other Guarantor, Parent shall cause the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be transferred to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary within
20 Business Days of such Subsidiary executing a Note Guarantee. 
 Section 4.14 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if: 
 (1) the Company could make the Restricted Payment which is deemed to occur upon such
designation in accordance with Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) equal to the appropriate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time
of such designation; 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary meets the definition of an “Unrestricted
Subsidiary”; 
 (3) the designation would not constitute or cause (with or without the passage of time) a
Default or Event of Default or no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and 

(4) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Parent giving effect
to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”). 

If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments
owned by Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be 

 

 66 

 
deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”) or under
one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. 
 If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” then such
Subsidiary will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will be in default of such covenant. 

In connection with the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger, Parent or the Company may cause an applicable Restricted Subsidiary to be
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the conditions set forth in this clause (a) of Section 4.14. 
 (b)
The Board of Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary of Parent to be a Restricted Subsidiary if: 

(1) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries could incur the Indebtedness which is deemed to be incurred upon such
designation under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), equal to the total Indebtedness of such Subsidiary calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred on the first day of
the four-quarter reference period; 
 (2) the designation would not constitute or cause a Default or Event of
Default; and 
 (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of
Directors of Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions, including the incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). 
 Parent or the Company shall be required to designate each
applicable Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary and a Guarantor and pledge its assets and property as Collateral pursuant to Section 4.13 (“Additional Note Guarantees”), upon the occurrence of a Contract Winning Trigger and
shall be required to comply with the conditions set forth in this clause (b) of this Section 4.14 in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, no direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent may become a Restricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture if such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Parent but not the Company. 
 Section 4.15 Payments for Consent.

  

 67 

 Neither Parent nor the Company will, and neither of them will permit any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries, any Other Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of
the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating
to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.16 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Parent or the Company will
furnish to the Holders or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Global Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
such forms if Parent or the Company were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act; 
 (2) all current
reports on Form 8-K that would be required to be filed with the SEC on such form if Parent or the Company were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act; and 

(3) in a footnote to Parent’s financial statements included in quarterly or annual reports to be filed or furnished
pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.16(a), the financial information required to comply with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such
reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by Parent’s certified independent accountants. In addition, Parent will post the reports on its website within the time
periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports and Parent will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.16(a) with the SEC for public availability within those
time periods (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). Parent will be deemed to have delivered or filed such reports with the Trustee and Holders if Parent has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system. 

If at any time the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, Parent or the
Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.16(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified by the SEC for registrants that are non-accelerated filers unless the SEC will
not accept such a filing. Neither Parent nor the Company will take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept Parent’s or the Company’s filings
for any reason, Parent or the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would 

 

 68 

 
apply to non-accelerated filers if Parent or the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 

(b) The quarterly and annual reports and financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (the “MD&A”) of Parent, which shall include a discussion and analysis of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. If the Board of Directors of Parent
has designated any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and also in the MD&A, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 Parent agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will use commercially
reasonable efforts to hold and participate in quarterly conference calls with Holders of the Notes and securities analysts relating to the financial condition and results of operations of Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (c) In addition, the Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they
are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Section 4.17 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to a
minimum amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the
Company will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject
to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within ten Business Days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to the Trustee and each Holder describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 
 (1) that the Change of
Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.17 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not
tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  

 69 

 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of
Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 

(b) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (2) by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the Change in Control Payment Date, deposit with the Paying Agent an amount
equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3)
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly send to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will
promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be

  

 70 

 
in a principal amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control
Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the
Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described above under Article 3 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

Section 4.18 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and neither Parent nor the Company will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
consummate the sale, lease (except under an Internal Charter or a Drilling Contract), conveyance or other disposition of any Vessel or any right to a Vessel or a construction contract respecting the construction of a Vessel. In addition, the Company
will not, and neither Parent nor the Company will permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate any other Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the
form of cash; provided, however, to the extent that any disposition in such Asset Sale was of Collateral, the non-cash consideration received is pledged as Collateral under the Collateral Agreements contemporaneously with such sale, in
accordance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 For purposes of this Section 4.18, each of the following
will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated
balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets so long as
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary are released from further liability; 
 (B) any securities, Notes or
other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the 

 

 71 

 
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and 

(C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of paragraph (b) of this
Section 4.18. 
 Any Asset Sale pursuant to an Involuntary Transfer shall not be required to satisfy the conditions set
forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.18(a). 
 (b) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net
Proceeds from an Asset Sale (including, without limitation, an Involuntary Transfer), the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may apply such Net Proceeds: 

(1) to repay Indebtedness, including Notes and permanent reductions of Obligations under any Credit Agreement, but
excluding repayment of revolving Obligations under any Credit Agreement; 
 (2) to acquire all or substantially
all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business of the Company, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, such Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) to make a capital expenditure for the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in the
Company’s Permitted Business. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may invest the Net Proceeds
in cash and Cash Equivalents. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in paragraph
(b) of this Section 4.18 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will, within five Business Days thereof, make an offer (the “Asset Sale
Offer”) to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales
of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. 

(d) The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase, and will be payable in cash. 
 (e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements; provided that pending any such application, the proceeds of the Asset Sale, whether assets, property or cash, are
subject to a Lien under the Collateral Agreements. 
  

 72 

 (f) If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis, provided that
applicable denominations of the Notes are preserved. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

The Company will not, and neither Parent nor the Company will permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist any
agreement that would place any restriction of any kind (other than pursuant to law or regulation) on the ability of the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 Section 4.19 Excess Cash Flow Offer. 

(a) After the end of each semi-annual period ending June 30 and December 31 with respect to which the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries have Excess Cash Flow (commencing with the semi-annual period ending June 30, 2011), the Company shall offer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes, in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000, at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Sate that is on or prior to the date of repurchase), with (i) for any semi-annual period in which the ratio of total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow for the Company is greater than or
equal to 2.5 to 1, the greater of (A) the amount that is equal to 75% of such Excess Cash Flow of the Company and (B) $30.0 million, or (ii) for any semi-annual period in which the ratio of total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow
for the Company is less than 2.5 to 1, the amount that is 50% of such Excess Cash Flow of the Company (less the face amount of any open market purchases and any redemptions of Notes pursuant to this Indenture made during such semi-annual period).

 (b) Within (i) 60 days after the end of any semi-annual period ending on June 30 and (ii) 105 days after the
end of any semi-annual period ending on December 31, in each case, for which an Excess Cash Flow Offer is required to be made in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Company will send a notice, in accordance with Section 3.10(e),
to each Holder and the Trustee describing the offer to repurchase Notes with Excess Cash Flow (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) and offering to purchase Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30
days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent. The Company will be required to purchase Notes validly tendered in response to an Excess Cash Flow Offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.19 and
Section 3.10 and 
  

 73 

 
such notice. The Company will not be required to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer in any semi-annual period referred to in clause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.19 if the Excess Cash Flow for such
relevant semi-annual period is less than $5.0 million. With respect to each Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Company shall be entitled to reduce the applicable amount of the Excess Cash Flow Offer (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”)
with respect theretofore by the aggregate repurchase price of any Notes repurchased by the Company in the open market or redeemed by the Company pursuant to this Indenture (to the extent such amount has not previously reduced any Excess Cash Flow
Offer Amount). If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be accepted for purchase on a pro rata basis. If the aggregate
repurchase price of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer is less than the applicable Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Company may, subject to the other provisions of this Indenture, use any such Excess Cash Flow for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to an Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the
provisions of this Indenture relating to an Excess Cash Flow Offer by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.20 Impairment of Security
Interest. 
 Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will be permitted to take any action, or omit to take any action, which
action or omission might or would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes except as expressly set forth
in this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors will take any action or otherwise attempt to enforce any claim or maritime Lien against any Vessel that has priority over any claim or Lien of the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in respect of any Collateral, including any such claims or Liens arising under Ship Mortgages. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will enter into any agreement that
requires the proceeds received from any sale of Collateral to be applied to repay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire any Indebtedness of any Person, other than as permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 

The Company shall, and it shall cause each Guarantor to, at its sole cost and expense, execute and deliver all such agreements and
instruments and take all further action as the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall reasonably request to more fully or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the
Collateral Agreements. The Company shall, and it shall cause each Guarantor to, at its sole cost and expense, file any such notice filings or other agreements or instruments as may be reasonably necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect
the Liens created by the Collateral Agreements. 
  

 74 

 Any release of Collateral in accordance with Section 12.03 (“Release of
Collateral”) and the Collateral Agreements will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture, and any appraiser or other expert may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such release have been complied with. 
 Section 4.21 Withholding Taxes 

(a) All payments made on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees must be made
free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or
levied by or on behalf of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (or the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any successor of the Company or any Guarantor) (hereinafter
“Taxes”), unless the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as applicable, are so required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.

 (b) If the Company or any Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, are so required to withhold or deduct
any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will be required to pay such additional amounts
(“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount the Holder would have received if such
Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to a Holder (an “Excluded Holder”) in respect of a beneficial owner: 

(1) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with any Specified Tax Jurisdiction otherwise than by
the mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder (or under the related Note Guarantee); 
 (2)
which presents any Note for payment of principal more than 30 days after the later of (x) the date on which payment first became due and (y) if the full amount payable has not been received by the Trustee on or prior to such due date, the
date on which, the full amount payable having been so received, notice to that effect shall have been given to the Holders by the Trustee, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting such
Note for payment on the last day of the applicable 30-day period; 
 (3) which failed duly and timely to comply
with a reasonable, timely request of the Company to provide information, documents or other evidence concerning the Holder’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity or connection with any Specified Tax Jurisdiction or
any political subdivision or authority thereof, if and to the extent that due and timely compliance with such request would have reduced or 

 

 75 

 
eliminated any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to such Holder but for this clause (3); 

(4) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or other similar Tax; 

(5) which is a fiduciary, a partnership or not the beneficial owner of any payment on a Note, if and to the extent that
any beneficiary or settlor of such fiduciary, any partner in such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment (as the case may be) would not have been entitled to receive Additional Amounts with respect to such payment if such beneficiary,
settlor, partner or beneficial owner had been the Holder of such Note; 
 (6) on account of Taxes imposed on a
payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings, which was adopted on June 3, 2003, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, that
directive; 
 (7) to the extent the Additional Amount relates to any Taxes imposed on a Note presented for
payment by or on behalf of a Holder who would have been able to avoid that withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union; or 

(8) any combination of the foregoing numbered clauses of this Section. 

(c) The Company or any applicable Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will also make such withholding or
deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law. The Company or any applicable Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will furnish to the
Trustee, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law, copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable: 

(1) in such form as provided in the normal course by the taxing authority imposing such Taxes and as is reasonably
available to the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable; and 
 (2) certified
by such taxing authority (or, if no such certification is available from such taxing authority, then by means of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company or such Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable). 

The Trustee shall thereafter make such evidence available to the Holders upon written request. 

(d) The Company or any Guarantor (or any successor of any of them), as applicable, will upon written request of each Holder (other than
an Excluded Holder), reimburse each such Holder for the amount of: 
  

 76 

 (1) any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Holder as a result of
payments made under or with respect to the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a mortgaged Vessel, as applicable; and 

(2) any Taxes imposed with respect to any such reimbursement under the immediately preceding clause (1), but excluding any
Taxes on such Holder’s net income, so that the net amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less than the net amount the Holder would have received if Taxes (other than such Taxes on such Holder’s net income) on
such reimbursement had not been imposed. 
 (e) Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, (i) the
payment of principal, (ii) purchase or redemption prices in connection with a purchase or redemption of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes, or any payment pursuant to the Note
Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 

(f) The foregoing obligations shall survive any defeasance or discharge of this Indenture. 

(g) The Company or Parent will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges
or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a Mortgage or other Collateral Agreement or any other document or instrument in relation thereto, or the
receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, the Note Guarantee or a Mortgage or other Security Agreement, excluding such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction
of incorporation of any successor of the Company or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located, and has agreed to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders. 

Section 4.22 Platinum Explorer Delivery Date. 

(a) On the date (the “Platinum Explorer Delivery Date”) on which the Platinum Explorer is delivered by DSME to,
and accepted by, Parent, the Company or one of their Subsidiaries, the Company covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, or to cause to be executed and delivered, and to do, or cause to be done, the documents or actions set out below: 

(1) Delivery to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, of: 

(A) a copy of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance respecting the Platinum Explorer executed by (i) DSME
and (ii) the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (B) a copy of the full warranty Bill of Sale
and Builder’s Certificate respecting the Platinum Explorer; 
 (C) a copy of the interim class
certificate; 
  

 77 

 (D) a copy of the Bahamian Certificate of Registry respecting the
Platinum Explorer; 
 (E) a copy of the Bahamian Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrance issued by the
appropriate Bahamian authorities evidencing registration of the Platinum Explorer under Bahamian flag in the name of Parent, the Company or one of their Subsidiaries and recording of the Ship Mortgage; 

(F) a copy of the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract and Platinum Explorer Refund Guarantee as novated from Mandarin
Drilling to Vantage Investment Management Company (if such novation shall have occurred); 
 (G) a copy of the
Ship Mortgage (including deed of covenants) covering the Platinum Explorer duly executed by Mandarin Drilling or Vantage International Management Company (if the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract shall have been novated to it) and the
Noteholder Collateral Agent and duly filed with the Bahamian authorities; 
 (H) (a) evidence of insurance
respecting the Platinum Explorer that complies with the insurance requirements set forth in the Collateral Agreements, including copies of cover notes (with loss payable clause and notice of assignment attached), letter from protection and
indemnity club, and letter detailing the insurances from the Company’s independent marine insurance broker and (b) a favorable report from the Insurance Advisor addressed to the Trustee stating that the insurances covering the Platinum
Explorer (x) comply with the requirements of the Ship Mortgage and (y) are sufficient in form and substance to protect the interests of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Holders. 

(I) a copy of a duly executed Internal Charter, if any, respecting the Platinum Explorer or an Officers’
Certificate stating that the Company has not entered into any Internal Charter; 
 (J) a copy of the duly
executed Drilling Contract between Vantage Investment Management Company and ONGC respecting the Platinum Explorer; 

(K) an opinion of the Company’s Bahamian legal counsel, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K; 

(L) a bring-down opinion of the Company’s Cayman Islands legal counsel, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L; and

 (M) any additional Uniform Commercial Code, Companies’ Registry or other similar filings or notices or
recordings requested by the Trustee to perfect the security interests or Liens granted, or intended to be granted, by any Collateral Agreement. 
  

 78 

 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) Neither Parent nor the Company will, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Parent or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of, with respect to Parent, the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Other Guarantors taken as a whole, or, with respect to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either: (a) Parent or the Company, as applicable, is the
surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent or the Company, as the case may be) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is
a Person organized or existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Parent, any other similar jurisdiction so long as neither the laws of any such
jurisdiction nor any such transaction would adversely affect the Holders; 
 (2) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent or the Company, as applicable) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent or the
Company, as applicable, under the Notes, Note Guarantees and the other Obligations under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Collateral Agreements, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or an amendment thereto, as
applicable, in each case reasonable satisfactory in form to the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as applicable (it being agreed that if the Company merges with or into Parent, Parent must assume all such obligations of the Company),
provided that, if such Person is a limited liability company or a limited partnership, then Parent, the Company or such Person shall have the Notes assumed or issued, on a joint and several basis, with a corporation in which it owns 100% of
the Equity Interests; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 (4) except with respect to a transaction solely between or among Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor, Parent, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent or the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has
been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to applicable ratio of Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash 
  

 79 

 
Flow test set forth in clause (a) of Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”). 

(b) In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and the
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any other Person. 
 (c) This Section 5.01
will not apply to any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary. Clauses (3) and (4) of paragraph (a) of
this Section will not apply to a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the properties or assets of Parent, the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation; Sale of Assets”) hereof, the
successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries is or are merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Parent” or the “Company,” as
applicable, shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to Parent, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries), and may exercise every right and power of Parent, the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as Parent, Company or Restricted Subsidiaries herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Parent, Company or Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of Parent’s, Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of,
Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”) hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any,
on, the Notes; 
  

 80 

 (3) failure by Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or
any Other Guarantor to timely offer to purchase, purchase and pay for Notes as required by the provisions of Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”), Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”),
Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) or to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock”) or Section 5.01 (“Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets”); 

(4) failure by Parent to comply with the obligations set forth in clause (2)(f) of the second paragraph of the
definition of “Parent Consolidated Cash Flow” within 90 days from the date of occurrence of the event giving rise to the obligations thereunder; 

(5) failure by Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor for 60 days after notice to
the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture (120 days with respect to Section 4.16
(“Reports”), subject to the following paragraph); 
 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or
instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor), whether such Indebtedness now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has
been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; 
 (7)
failure by Parent, the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Other Guarantor to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed for a period of 60 days after the due date thereof; 
 (8) breach by the Company or any Guarantor of
any material representation or warranty or agreement in the Collateral Agreements, the repudiation by the Company or any Guarantor of any of its obligations under the Collateral Agreements or the unenforceability of the Collateral Agreements against
the Company or any Guarantor for any reason; 
  

 81 

 (9) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; 

(10) Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of the
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 

(11) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a custodian of Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C)
orders the liquidation of Parent, the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company elects by giving written notice to the Trustee, the sole remedy for an Event of Default
relating to the failure to comply with Section 4.16 (“Reports”), and/or for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA will, for the 60 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist
exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the principal 

 

 82 

 
amount of the Notes then outstanding over such portion of the 60-day period immediately following such Event of Default during which such Event of Default is continuing (such interest,
“Special Interest”). In the event the Company does not elect to pay the Special Interest, upon an Event of Default under this Section, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided below in Section 6.02
(“Acceleration”). The Special Interest that accrues on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.16 (“Reports”) and/or for any failure to
comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA first occurs to, but not including, the 60th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such failure shall have been cured or waived) and will be
payable in the same manner as Special Interest. On such 60th day (or earlier, if the Event of Default relating to such failure is cured or waived prior to such 60th day) such Special Interest will cease to accrue and the Notes will be subject to
acceleration, as provided below in Section 6.02 (“Acceleration”), if the Event of Default is continuing. This provision will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default. 

Notwithstanding the above, any shortfall in payment, made necessary by the existence of de minimus dollar amounts that cannot be
divided equally among the Holders shall in no way be considered a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. 
 Section 6.02
Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01
(“Events of Default”) hereof, with respect to Parent, the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Other Guarantor, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The
Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of
Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including
in connection with a redemption or an offer to purchase right of Holders pursuant to 
  

 83 

 
Article 3); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any
related Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may also withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines
that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any
loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the
receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority
over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

 

 84 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the
institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) (“Events of Default”) hereof occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent may recover judgment (a) in its own name and (b)(1) in the case of the Trustee, as Trustee of an express trust or (2) in the case of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as collateral agent on behalf
of the Holders, in each case against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel) and
the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian or trustee in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, and in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent under the Collateral Agreements and Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall
be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes 
  

 85 

 
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. 

Subject to any Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the
money or property in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, the
Paying Agent and the Registrar for amounts due under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders for
amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively;
and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 The Trustee may fix a Record Date and Interest Payment Date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee or the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, as the case may be, for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 (“Rights of Holders to Receive Payment”) hereof, or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

 

 86 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the form requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable
for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 (“Control by Majority”) hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains
from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of

  

 87 

 
Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d)
The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for
special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of
action. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Event of Default, except
failure of the Company to cause to be made any of the payments required to be made to the Trustee, unless the a Responsible Officer shall be specifically notified by a writing of such default by the Company or by the Holders of at least 25%
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding delivered to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and, in the absence of such notice so delivered the Trustee may conclusively assume no default exists. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) and 7.11
(“Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company”) hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral
Agreements, the Notes or the Collateral, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the 

 

 88 

 
Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the
Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of
the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs or if discovered later than 90 days, promptly after such discovery. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or Interest on, any
Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each December 15th beginning with the December 15th following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee
with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee, Noteholder Collateral Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar (each, an “Indemnified
Party”) from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and services hereunder and thereunder; provided that the compensation set forth in any written fee agreement executed
in connection herewith shall be deemed reasonable. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse each Indemnified Party promptly upon request for all
reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s agents and
counsel. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Indemnified Party against any and all losses, liabilities or
expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or the Collateral Agreements, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the
Guarantors (including this Section) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the

  

 89 

 
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Indemnified
Party will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indemnified Party to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder or under the
Collateral Agreements. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Indemnified Party will cooperate in the defense. Each Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such
counsel if (i) the Company shall have failed to assume the defense thereof or employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (ii) the Trustee has been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more defenses available to
it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
and the termination of the Collateral Agreements. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment
obligations in this Section, each Indemnified Party will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money, Collateral or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, or the Noteholder Collateral Agent in its capacity as
Noteholder Collateral Agent, except, in the case of the Trustee, that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
 (e) When an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and
be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company
may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 (“Eligibility;
Disqualification”) hereof; 
  

 90 

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer
takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07
(“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof will continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Company and the Holders. Any such successor must nevertheless be
eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 7.10 (“Eligibility; Disqualification”) hereof. 
 Section 7.10
Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate Trustee power, that is subject to supervision or 

 

 91 

 
examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The
Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned
or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 Section 7.12 Trustee in Other Capacities;
Noteholder Collateral Agent and Paying Agent. 
 References to the Trustee in Sections 7.01(b) and (f) (“Duties of
Trustee”), 7.02 (“Rights of Trustee”), 7.03 (“Individual Rights of Trustee”), 7.04 (“Trustee’s Disclaimer”), 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”), and 7.08 (“Replacement of Trustee”) shall
be understood to include the Trustee when acting in its other capacities under this Indenture, including, without limitation, as Paying Agent and Noteholder Collateral Agent. Without limiting the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, such
Sections shall be read to apply to the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agreements, mutatis mutandis, in addition to this Indenture. The privileges, rights, indemnities, immunities and exculpatory provisions contained in this
Indenture shall apply to the Trustee, whether it is acting under this Indenture, the other Indenture Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’
Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article
8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”), the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or
Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, “Legal Defeasance” means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees),
which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof and the

  

 92 

 
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture
(and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium,
if any, on, such Notes (including in connection with any redemption or purchase of Notes pursuant to Article 3) when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in
Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions”) hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the
Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 (“Maintenance of Office or Agency”) hereof concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for
payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee, and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4)
this Section and Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) of this Indenture. 
 Subject to compliance with
this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof.

 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”), the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance”) hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”), 4.09
(“Liens”), 4.10 (“Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”), 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), 4.12 (“Business Activities”), 4.13 (“Additional Note Guarantees”), 4.14
(“Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”), 4.15 (“Payments for Consent”), 4.16 (“Reports”), 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”), 4.18 (“Asset Sales”), 4.19
(“Excess Cash Flow Offer”), 4.20 (“Impairment of Security Interest”), 4.21 (“Withholding Taxes”) and 4.22 (“Platinum Explorer Delivery Date”) hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 (“Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets”) and Article 12 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in

  

 93 

 
connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the
outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any
reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 (“Events of Default”) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 (“Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) (“Events of Default”) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and
Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof: 
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit
with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, as
affirmed in a writing delivered to the Trustee by a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for
payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular Redemption Date; 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that
(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the
Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 94 

 (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the
date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to
Section 8.06 (“Repayment to Company”) hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying Trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held (i) held in trust, (ii) at the written direction of the Company, such money
may be invested, prior to maturity of the Notes, in Government Securities, and (iii) applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof or the principal and interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”) hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) (“Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance”)

  

 95 

 
hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 

Subject to any unclaimed property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust
for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if
then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money or Government Securities, and all liability of the Company as Trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense
of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with
Sections 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02
(“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and
Discharge”) or 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 (“With Consent of Holders”) of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee
and, if any amendment or supplement relates to any Collateral Agreement, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement or the
Intercreditor Agreement (if any) without the consent of any Holder: 
  

 96 

 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders and Note Guarantees
in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable; 

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely
affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in
order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (6) to conform the text of this
Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be set forth, verbatim or in substance, in a provision
of this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, which intent shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that effect; 

(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements of a
successor Trustee or Noteholder Collateral Agent; 
 (8) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Intercreditor Agreement (if any), provided that the actions pursuant to this clause will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of
the Notes in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Company; 
 (9) to enter into additional or
supplemental Collateral Agreements; 
 (10) to release Collateral when permitted or required by this Indenture or
the Collateral Agreements; 
 (11) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date of this Indenture, including Section 4.08 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”); 

(12) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

 (13) to enter into, and to perfect security interests and Liens granted therein, the Collateral Agreements and
transactions contemplated thereby respecting Bahamian registration of the Platinum Explorer and its mortgaging; or 
  

 97 

 (14) to accept and consent to, and to take all steps to perfect a security
interest under, Collateral Agreements to be granted subsequent to the Issue Date respecting Drilling Contracts and Internal Charters and insurances covering the Platinum Explorer. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) (“Rights of Trustee”) hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent
of Holders. 
 Except as provided in Section 9.01 (“Without Consent of Holders”) and in this Section, this
Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees or the Intercreditor Agreement (if any) may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the
Notes, the Collateral Agreements or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08 (“Outstanding Notes”) and Section 2.09 (“Treasury Notes”) hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding”
for purposes of this Section. 
 Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with
respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders
must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity
of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the purchase or redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 3.08 (“Optional Redemption for
Changes in Withholding Taxes”), 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”), 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control”) and 4.18 (“Asset Sales”)); 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, if any, on the Notes (except
a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration); 

 

 98 

 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of
Holders to receive payments of principal of, or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption or repurchase
payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under Sections 3.07 (“Optional Redemption”), 3.08 (“Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes”), Section 3.09
(“Special Mandatory Redemption”), 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control”) and 4.18 (“Asset Sales”)); 

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture; or 
 (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 In addition, the consent of Holders representing at least two-thirds of outstanding Notes will be required to release all or substantially
all of the Collateral otherwise than in accordance with this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with
TIA. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental
indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder
of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder
of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such Record Date (or their duly designated
proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date. 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue 
  

 99 

 
and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9
if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors
of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and/or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 (“Duties of Trustee”)
hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 (“Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent”) hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10

 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder when: 

(1) either: 

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and
Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and
discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

 

 100 

 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the
date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (3) the
Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4)
Parent or the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions
precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 10.02 (“Application of Trust Money”) and 8.06 (“Repayment to Company”) hereof
will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 (“Compensation and Indemnity”) hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 Section 10.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05 (“Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions”) hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for
whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 10.01
(“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and
any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”) hereof; provided that if the Company
has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 101 

 ARTICLE 11 

NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 11.01 Note Guarantee. 

(a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior secured basis
to the extent, with respect to security, set forth in Article 12 and the Collateral Agreements, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent and their respective
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any
applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee and
the Noteholder Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder or under any Collateral Agreement will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will
be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly
and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes, any Collateral Agreement or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment
against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing
of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder, the
Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any
amount 
  

 102 

 
paid by either to the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in
respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable
by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 (e) Each Guarantor who is or becomes an Internal Charterer by signing this Indenture or pursuant to a supplemental indenture
or to a Note Guarantee agrees to the representations, covenants and assignments set forth in the Assignment of Insurances by Internal Charterers and Assignment of Earnings by Internal Charterers set forth in Exhibits H-2 and I-2, respectively.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Guarantor who is or becomes an Internal Charterer agrees to execute and deliver such Assignments. 

Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any
other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 (“Note Guarantee”) hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a
notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be signed by an Officer of such Guarantor (by manual or facsimile signature) on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture
will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
  

 103 

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01
(“Note Guarantee”) hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of
any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required
by Section 4.13 (“Additional Note Guarantees”) hereof, the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.13 (“Additional Note Guarantees”) hereof and this Article 11, to the extent
applicable. 
 Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2) either: 

(A) subject to Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or
disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee and the Collateral Agreements pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably
satisfactory and an amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement in form to the Trustee; or 
 (B) the Net
Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 

provided, however, that the transfer, sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of, directly or
indirectly, the Guarantors as a whole will be governed by Article 5 and Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) and may be subject to Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”). 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due 

 

 104 

 
and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with
the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Section 11.05
Releases. 
 The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 

(1) in connection with any transfer, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor
(including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.18
(“Asset Sales”) or Article 5 of this Indenture and complies with the Collateral Agreements; 
 (2) in
connection with any transfer, sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the
transfer, sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Article 5 of this Indenture and complies with the Collateral Agreements; 

(3) if Parent or the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or 
 (4) upon Legal Defeasance or satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture as provided under Sections 8.02 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge”), 8.03 (“Covenant Defeasance”) and 10.01 (“Satisfaction and Discharge”). 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section will remain liable for the full
amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 

ARTICLE 12 

SECURITY 
 Section 12.01
Grant of Security Interests; Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors: 

 

 105 

 (1) shall grant a security interest in the Collateral as set forth in the
Collateral Agreements to the Noteholder Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee, to secure the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and amounts due hereunder and under the
Note Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity thereof, on an Interest Payment Date, by acceleration, purchase, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if
any, and interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the Notes and the performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent and the Trustee under this Indenture, the
Collateral Agreements, the Note Guarantees and the Notes, subject to the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and any other Permitted Liens; 

(2) hereby covenant (A) to perform and observe their obligations under the Collateral Agreements and (B) take
any and all commercially reasonable actions (including without limitation the covenants set forth in Section 4.20 (“Impairment of Security Interest”) and Section 4.22 (“Platinum Explorer Delivery Date”) and in
this Article) required to cause the Collateral Agreements to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Agreements and the Note Guarantees valid and enforceable, perfected (except as
expressly provided herein or therein) security interests in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons, and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Liens),
in each case, except as expressly permitted herein, therein or in any Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (3) shall
warrant and defend the title to the Collateral against the claims of all persons, subject to any Intercreditor Agreement and any Permitted Liens; and 

(4) shall do or cause to be done, at their sole cost and expense, all such actions and things as may be necessary, or as
may be required by the provisions of the Collateral Agreements, to confirm to the Noteholder Collateral Agent the security interests in the Collateral contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Agreements, as from time to time constituted, so as to
render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and Note Guarantees secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed. 

(b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note: 

(1) appoints the Noteholder Collateral Agent to act as its agent (and by its signature below, the Noteholder Collateral
Agent accepts such appointment); 
 (2) consents and agrees to the terms of each Collateral Agreement, as the
same may be in effect or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms, and authorizes and directs the Noteholder Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agreements and
to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; and 
  

 106 

 (3) appoints and authorizes and directs the Noteholder Collateral Agent and
the Trustee to enter, at a future date, into an Intercreditor Agreement with any Credit Agreement Collateral Agent; or 

(4) any bank or financial institution that intends to provide, or is in fact providing, a Credit Agreement to the Company
or any Guarantor. 
 (c) This Article 12, the Security Agreement and the other Collateral Agreements (other than any
Intercreditor Agreement) will be subject to the terms, limitations and conditions set forth in any Intercreditor Agreement. 

(d) The Trustee will determine the circumstances and manner in which the Collateral will be disposed of, including, but not limited to,
the determination of whether to release all or any portion of the Collateral from the Liens created by the Collateral Agreements and whether to foreclose on the Collateral following a Default or Event of Default. 

Section 12.02 Recording and Opinions. 

(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, at their sole cost and expense, take or cause to be taken all
commercially reasonable action required to perfect (except as expressly provided in the Collateral Agreements), maintain (with the priority required under the Collateral Agreements), preserve and protect the security interests in the Collateral
granted by the Collateral Agreements, including (i) the filing of financing statements, continuation statements, collateral assignments and any instruments of further assurance, in such manner and in such places as may be required by law to
preserve and protect fully the rights of the Holders, the Noteholder Collateral Agent, and the Trustee under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements to all property comprising the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agreements,
and (ii) the delivery of the certificates, if any, evidencing the certificated securities pledged under the Collateral Agreements, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer executed in blank.
The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees, charges and recording and similar taxes relating to this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements and any amendments hereto or
thereto and any other instruments of further assurance required pursuant thereto. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will be permitted to take any action, or omit to take any action, which action or omission might or would have the result of
materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Holders except as expressly set forth herein, in any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agreements.

 (b) If property of a type constituting Collateral is acquired by the Company or any Guarantor (other than Parent) that is not
automatically subject to a Lien or perfected security interest under the Collateral Agreements or there is a new Guarantor, then the Company or such Guarantor will, as soon as practicable after such property’s acquisition or such Subsidiary
becoming a Guarantor and in any event within 10 Business Days, grant Liens having first priority on such property (or, in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets constituting the type that is Collateral) in favor of the Noteholder Collateral
Agent and deliver certain certificates (including in the case of real property title insurance) in respect thereof as required by this 

 

 107 

 
Indenture or the Collateral Agreements and take all necessary steps to perfect the security interest represented by such Liens. 

(c) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (if other than the Trustee), on or within one month of
December 31 of each year, commencing December 31, 2010, an Opinion of Counsel either (1) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all action necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of the security interests created by the
Collateral Agreements and reciting the details of such action or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given have been taken or (2) stating that, in the Opinion of such Counsel, no such action is necessary to perfect
or continue the perfection of any security interest created under any of the Collateral Agreements. 
 Section 12.03 Release of
Collateral. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from the
Liens securing Obligations under this Indenture under any one or more of the following circumstances: 
 (1) upon
the full and final payment and performance of all Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Agreements; 

(2) with respect to any asset constituting Collateral (other than the Capital Stock of the Company), if such Collateral is
sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the terms of Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) and the Collateral Agreements and the Company has delivered to the Noteholder Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate certifying to such
effect; provided that (a) any cash received from a disposition of Collateral will be required to be deposited in a deposit account controlled by the Company and held as Collateral subject to the Liens pending its application or use in
compliance with Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) and, from such deposit account, Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may withdraw funds to deploy the proceeds of an Asset Sale in compliance with Section 4.18 (“Asset
Sales”); and (b) to the extent that any disposition in such Asset Sale was of Collateral, the non-cash consideration received is pledged as Collateral under the Collateral Agreements substantially simultaneously with such sale, in
accordance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements; 
 (3) upon legal or
covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as provided in Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.01 (“Legal Defeasance and Discharge,” “Covenant Defeasance” and “Satisfaction and Discharge,” respectively);

 (4) with respect to an applicable Subsidiary, upon the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger; 

(5) with respect to any assignment of rights under the respective terminated Internal Charter only, upon the occurrence of
an Internal Charter Unwind Trigger; 
  

 108 

 (6) if any Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture (including by virtue of such Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary), that Guarantor’s assets will also be released from the Liens securing its Note Guarantee and the other Obligations; or 

(7) with respect to the Platinum Explorer Escrowed Proceeds, upon the occurrence of payment for the Platinum
Explorer as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum. 
 (b) In addition to the foregoing, the
Company and the Guarantors will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Guarantors will comply with TIA Section 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA Section 314(d), relating to the
release of property or securities or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the security documents. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA Section 314(d) may be made by an Officer
of the Company except in cases where TIA Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this paragraph, neither Parent nor the Company will be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA Section 314(d)
and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA Section 314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral.

 (c) Upon receipt of any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company or
the Guarantors, as the case may be, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral
Agreements, including the Intercreditor Agreement (if any). 
 (d) The release of any Collateral from the terms of the
Collateral Agreements shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements. 

Section 12.04 Form and Sufficiency of Release. 

In the event that the Company or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise
dispose of any portion of the Collateral that may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any Guarantor to any Person other than the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company or any Guarantor requests in writing that the
Noteholder Collateral Agent furnish a written disclaimer, release or quit-claim of any interest in such property under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreements, the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Company or such Guarantor (in proper form prepared by the Company or such Guarantor) such an instrument without representation or warranty promptly after satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein for delivery of any such release.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all purchasers and 
  

 109 

 
grantees of any property or rights purporting to be released herefrom shall be entitled to rely upon any release executed by the Noteholder Collateral Agent hereunder as sufficient for the
purpose of this Indenture and as constituting a good and valid release of the property therein described from the Lien of this Indenture or of the Collateral Agreements. 

Section 12.05 Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Noteholder Collateral Agent Under the Collateral Agreements. 

Subject to the provisions of the applicable Collateral Agreements, the Trustee and each Holder, by acceptance of any Notes agrees that
(a) the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Collateral Agreements, and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) the Noteholder Collateral Agent
may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Trustee or the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (i) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Agreements and (ii) collect and receive any
and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder and under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Agreements and (c) the Noteholder Collateral Agent shall have power to institute and
to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any act that may be unlawful or in violation of the Collateral Agreements or this Indenture, and suits and proceedings as the Noteholder
Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Trustee and the Holders in the Collateral (including the power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or
compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest thereunder
or be prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, the Holders or the Trustee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Noteholder Collateral Agent may, at the expense of the Company, request the direction of the Holders with respect
to any such actions and upon receipt of the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, shall take such actions; provided that all actions so taken shall, at all times, be
in conformity with the requirements of any future Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable. 
 Section 12.06 Authorization of Receipt of
Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Agreements. 
 The Noteholder Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds
for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Collateral Agreements and to the extent not prohibited under any future Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of
such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.10 (“Priorities”) and the other provisions of this Indenture. 

Section 12.07 Replacement of Noteholder Collateral Agent. 

A resignation or removal of the Noteholder Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Noteholder Collateral Agent may be effected
pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement. 
  

 110 

 Section 12.08 Further Assurances. 

(a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will enter into (i) any agreement that requires the proceeds received from any sale of
Collateral to be applied to repay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire any Indebtedness of any Person, other than as permitted or required by this Indenture, the Collateral Agreements or any Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) any
amendment to, or other agreement in respect of, the Platinum Explorer Construction Contract to the extent that any such amendment or agreement would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes. 

(b) To the extent that any instrument, Mortgage or other document is required to be delivered to give effect to and perfect the Liens
(including with respect to the Platinum Explorer when title thereto becomes legally vested in the applicable Guarantor), the Company and the Guarantors will be required to use their commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such instruments,
Mortgages and/or other documents as soon as possible but in no event later than 10 Business Days following the Issue Date or, if an asset is acquired or delivered after the Issue Date, not later than 10 Business Days after such acquisition or
delivery date. Upon the occurrence of a Contract Winning Trigger, Parent or the Company shall cause the applicable Subsidiary to pledge its assets and property pursuant to the Collateral Agreements to become part of the Collateral subject to the
Liens and shall perfect such Liens as soon as practicable but not later than 10 Business Days after the date of such Contract Winning Trigger; and such Liens shall be released upon the occurrence of a Contract Unwind Trigger, provided that no
assets or property have been transferred or sold, directly or indirectly, by the Company or a Guarantor to such applicable Subsidiary that is subject to Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”). 

(c) Parent and the Company shall, and they shall cause any Guarantor to, at their sole cost and expense, (i) execute and deliver all
such agreements and instruments and take all further action as the Noteholder Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall reasonably request to more fully or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be
secured by the Collateral Agreements; and (ii) file any such notice filings or other agreements or instruments as may be reasonably necessary under applicable law to perfect the Liens created by the Collateral Agreements. 

ARTICLE 13 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 13.01 TIA Controls. 

The terms of the Notes include those stated herein and those made part of this Indenture by the TIA, which applies to this Indenture and
is incorporated by reference herein. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control. 

Section 13.02 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent to the others is duly given if
in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

 

 111 

 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Vantage Drilling Company 

777 Post Oak Boulevard

Suite 610

Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Facsimile: 281-404-4749 

If to the Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent: 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

1445 Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor

MAC T5303-022

Dallas, Texas 75202-2812

Attention: Corporate Trust Services 

Facsimile No.: (214) 777-4086 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery
to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will
be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or by electronic means to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or
communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to
the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this
Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its
designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary. 
  

 112 

 A copy of this Indenture, the Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement and the Collateral
Agreements may be requested in writing by a Holder for no charge. 
 Section 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture,
any Collateral Agreement, any Note Guarantee or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Noteholder Collateral Agent the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to take any action
under this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee or the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as the case may be: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or the Noteholder
Collateral Agent, as the case may be (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and
covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture or any Collateral Agreement relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements
set forth in Section 13.05 (“Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion”) hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture or any Collateral
Agreement (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or
she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

  

 113 

 Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No present, past or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Agreements or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 13.08 Governing Law. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS. 
 Each party not located in the United States irrevocably
appoints CT Corporation System, which currently maintains a New York City office at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York, 10011, United States of America, as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of
any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York. 

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.10 Successors.

 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the
Noteholder Collateral Agent in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 (“Releases”) hereof. 

Section 13.11 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

 114 

 Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. 
 Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

[Signatures on following page] 
  

 115 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED, as the Company
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 VANTAGE DRILLING COMPANY,

as Parent and as a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 VANTAGE HOLDING HUNGARY KFT,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Julia Varga

		 	Name: Julia Varga
		 	Title: Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Chris C. Celano

		 	Name: Chris C. Celano
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	 VANTAGE DRILLING NETHERLANDS BV,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Chris C. Celano

		 	Name: Chris C. Celano
		 	Title: Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ T.J. van Rijn

		 	Name: T.J. van Rijn
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	 P2021 RIG CO.,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

			
	VANTAGE INTERNATIONAL
MANAGEMENT COMPANY, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER I CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER II CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER IV CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	SAPPHIRE DRILLER COMPANY, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	EMERALD DRILLER COMPANY, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

 - 2 - 

			
	MANDARIN DRILLING CORPORATION,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

		 	Name: Douglas G. Smith
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Patrick T. Giordano

		 	Name: Patrick T. Giordano
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Noteholder Collateral Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Patrick T. Giordano

		 	Name: Patrick T. Giordano
		 	Title: Vice President

  

 - 3 - 

 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Rule 144A/Reg S/IAI Note] 

 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of this
Indenture] 
 ADDITIONAL LEGEND: THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE
GUARANTEES AND THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS (EACH, AS DEFINED IN THIS INDENTURE). 
 FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED
STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY AGREES TO PROVIDE PROMPTLY TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND, IN ADDITION, THE COMPARABLE YIELD AND PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO UNITED STATES TREASURY REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO DEBT INSTRUMENTS SUBJECT TO THE
NONCONTINGENT BOND METHOD. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED, AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: 777 POST OAK BOULEVARD, SUITE 610, HOUSTON TEXAS 77056. 

 

 A-1 

 CUSIP: 

144A: 676253 AA5 

Reg S: G67179 AA2 

IAI: 676253 AB3 

11 
1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015 
  

			
	No. S-1	  	$            

Offshore Group Investment Limited 

promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of
             DOLLARS on August 1, 2015. This Note is being issued at a discount at 96.361% of the principal amount due at maturity. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

Dated: July 30, 2010 
  

 A-2 

			
	OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 A-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to 

in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
 Dated as
of: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-4 

 [Back of Note] 

11 
1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 (1) INTEREST. Offshore Group Investment Limited, a
Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of
11 1/2% per annum, from the Issue Date until
maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the
Notes will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a
Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), from time to time on demand at a rate equal to 2% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to
the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed
payment. At least 15 days before the Record Date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the Record Date,
the related Interest Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Company will pay Additional Interest, if any, to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references to “interest” shall mean the initial
interest rate borne by the Notes plus any Default Interest, any Additional Interest and any Special Interest, as the case may be. If there has been no demand that the Company pay Default Interest, the Company shall pay Default Interest, Additional
Interest, if any, and Special Interest, if any, in the same manner as other interest, and on the same dates as set forth in the Notes and in the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the next Interest Payment Date, even if
such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that (1) payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required
with respect to principal of and interest, premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent and (2) such payment by check may only be paid so
long as no event of default under the Indenture is continuing. Such 
  

 A-5 

 
payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal of the Notes shall be
payable only upon surrender of any Note at the specified offices of the Paying Agent. If the due date for payment of the principal in respect of any Note is not a Business Day at the place in which it is presented for payment, the Holder
thereof shall not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day at such place. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act in any such capacity; provided no Event of Default is continuing. 
 (4) INDENTURE;
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note
conflicts with the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. Holders are entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Collateral Agreements. 
 (5) RANKING. This Note shall
constitute a senior obligation of the Company and the Obligation of the Company under the Indenture and this Note shall be secured pursuant to the Collateral Agreements. 

(6) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes, at one time or from time to time, issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.500% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption
Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries)
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) the redemption occurs within 45 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at
one time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date in respect of then outstanding Notes. 

 

 A-6 

 (c) On or after February 1, 2013, the Company may redeem the Notes, in
whole or in part, at one time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment
Date: 
  

				
	 For the Period Below
	  	Percentage	 
	 From February 1, 2013 to July 31, 2013
	  	108.625	% 
	 From August 1, 2013 to July 31, 2014
	  	105.750	% 
	 August 1, 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

(d) Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (7) OPTIONAL
REDEMPTION FOR CHANGES IN WITHHOLDING TAXES. Pursuant to Section 3.08 (“Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding
Taxes”) of the Indenture, the Company will make an optional redemption in the case that a change in withholding taxes adversely affects the Holders of the Notes. 

(8) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company may be required to make a
mandatory redemption pursuant to Section 3.09 (“Special Mandatory Redemption”) of the Indenture. 

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to
make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the
“Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 Business Days following any Change of Control or, at the Company’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after public announcement thereof, the Company will mail a notice to each
Holder and the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates an Asset Sale pursuant to Section 4.18
(“Asset Sales”) of the Indenture, the Company, in circumstances specified in the Indenture, may be required to commence an offer to all Holders and all Holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing
provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.10 (“Offer to Purchase by Application
of Excess Proceeds or From 
  

 A-7 

 
Excess Cash Flow”) of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an
offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Holders that are the subject of
an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes. 
 (c) After the end of each semi-annual period ending June 30 and December 31 with respect
to which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries have Excess Cash Flow (commencing with the semi-annual period ending June 30, 2011), the Company shall offer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes, in minimum amounts of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Sate that is on or prior to the date of repurchase), with (a) for any semi-annual period in which the ratio of total Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow for
the Company is greater than or equal to 2.5 to 1, the greater of (i) the amount that is equal to 75% of such Excess Cash Flow of the Company and (ii) $30.0 million, or (b) for any semi-annual period in which the ratio of total
Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow for the Company is less than 2.5 to 1, the amount that is 50% of such Excess Cash Flow of the Company (less the face amount of any open market purchases and any redemptions of Notes pursuant to this Indenture
made during such semi-annual period); provided that the Company will not be required to make an excess cash flow offer in any semi-annual period referred to in this sentence if the excess cash flow for such semi-annual period is less than
$5.0 million. 
 (10) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior
to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000,
unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 
 (11) DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted
by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

 

 A-8 

 (12) PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only Holders have rights under the Indenture and this Note. 

(13) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Collateral Agreements may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Agreements may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Collateral Agreements may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity,
defect or inconsistency and to effect certain other changes as set forth in the Indenture. 
 (14)
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium,
if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is to their benefit. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind
an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company
is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or
Event of Default. 
 (15) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH
COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (16) NO RECOURSE
AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Collateral Agreements or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by

  

 A-9 

 
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. 
 (17) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (18)
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

(19) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

(20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE,
THIS NOTE, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture, the Platinum Explorer Escrow Agreement or the Collateral Agreements. Requests may be made to: 
 VANTAGE
DRILLING COMPANY 
 777 Post Oak Boulevard 

Suite 610
 Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

			
		
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

 

 A-11 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of
Control”), Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 

					
	 ̈ Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control”)	 	 ̈ Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”)	 	 ̈ Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”)

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.17 (“Offer to Repurchase Upon
Change of Control”), Section 4.18 (“Asset Sales”) or Section 4.19 (“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

 

					
		  	$            	  	
	Date:                     	  		  	

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

 

 A-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Certificated Note, or exchanges of
a part of another Global Note or Certificated Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

 

 A-13 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

Vantage Drilling Company 
 777 Post Oak
Boulevard 
 Suite 610 
 Houston, Texas
77056 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

If to the Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent: 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

1445 Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 

MAC T5303-022 
 Dallas, Texas 75202- 2812

 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 

Facsimile No.: (214) 777-4086 
  

	 	Re:	
11 
1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Offshore Group
Investment Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 

                      
          , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                 (the “Transferee”), as further
specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
the Rule 144A Global Note or a Restricted Certificated Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to an in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Personal and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

 

 B-1 

 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Certificated Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Certificated Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary
thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 

(d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation
within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted

  

 B-2 

 
Certificated Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture
and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note
and/or the Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer a beneficial interest in the: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP 676253 AA5), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP G67179 AA2), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP 676253 AB3); or 

 

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold a:beneficial interest in the: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP 676253 AA5), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP G67179 AA2), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP 676253 AB3); or 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 

Vantage Drilling Company 
 777 Post Oak
Boulevard 
 Suite 610 
 Houston, Texas
77056 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

If to the Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent: 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445
Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 MAC T5303-022 

Dallas, Texas 75202-2812 
 Attention: Corporate
Trust Services 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 777-4086 
  

	 	Re:	
11 
1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Offshore Group
Investment Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 

                      
          , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. Exchange of Restricted Certificated Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Certificated Notes
or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Certificated Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Certificated Note with an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the Restricted Certificated Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Certificated Note to beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ Rule 144A

  

 C-1 

 
Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Vantage Drilling Company 
 777 Post Oak
Boulevard 
 Suite 610 
 Houston, Texas
77056 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

If to the Trustee and Noteholder Collateral Agent: 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 1445
Ross Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 MAC T5303-022 

Dallas, Texas 75202-2812 
 Attention: Corporate
Trust Services 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 777-4086 
  

	 	Re:	
11 
1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Offshore Group
Investment Limited, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$             aggregate principal amount of: 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Certificated Note, 

we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in 

 

 D-1 

 
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined
below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Certificated Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will
bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and
any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring
the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF NOTATION OF NOTE GUARANTEE 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in, and subject to, the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among Offshore Group Investment Limited, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption
or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture, and the limitations thereon, are expressly set
forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 

By its signature below, the undersigned covenants and agrees as follows: 

(1) either (x) if it is a Guarantor who holds title to a Vessel or (y) it is a Guarantor who is an Internal
Charterer of a Vessel, it hereby sells, assigns, transfers and sets over unto the Noteholder Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, to the Noteholder Collateral Agent’s own proper use and benefit to secure all of the
Obligations of the undersigned under this Note Guarantee, all the right, title, interest, claim and demand of the undersigned in and to: 

(a) (i) any Internal Charter to which the undersigned is a party including, without limitation, within such assignment the
right to receive all moneys due and to become due under the Internal Charter and all rights arising out of the owner’s lien on cargoes and subfreights thereunder, all claims for damages arising out of the breach thereof and the right of the
undersigned to terminate the Internal Charter, to perform thereunder and to compel performance of the terms thereof; (ii) all moneys and claims for moneys due and to become due to the undersigned, and all claims for damages and all insurance
and other proceeds in respect of, the actual or constructive loss of, or the requisition (whether of title or use), condemnation, sequestration, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of, such Vessel; and (iii) all proceeds of any of the
foregoing; 
 (b) (i) all freights, hire and other moneys earned and to be earned, due or to become due, or paid
or payable to, or for the account of, the undersigned, of whatsoever nature, arising out of or as a result of the use, operation, pooling or chartering (whether by Internal Charter or otherwise) by the undersigned or its

  

 E-1 

 
agents of such Vessel, including, without limitation, all rights arising out of the owner's lien on cargoes and subfreights thereunder, (ii) all moneys and claims for moneys due and to
become due to the undersigned, and all claims for damages, arising out of the breach of any and all present and future drilling contracts, Internal Charters, other charter parties, pooling arrangements, bills of lading, contracts and other
engagements of affreightment or for the carriage or transportation of cargo, and operations of every kind whatsoever of such Vessel and in and to any and all claims and causes of action for money, loss or damages that may accrue or belong to the
undersigned, its successors or assigns, arising out of or in any way connected with the present or future use, operation, pooling or chartering of such Vessel or arising out of or in any way connected with any and all present and future
requisitions, drilling contracts, charter parties, pooling arrangements, bills of lading, contracts and other engagements of affreightment or for the carriage or transportation of cargo, and other operations of such Vessel, (iii) all moneys and
claims due and to become due to the undersigned, and all claims for damages and all insurances and other proceeds, in respect of the actual or constructive total loss of or requisition of use of or title to such Vessel, and (iv) any proceeds of
any of the foregoing and all interest and earnings from the investment of any of the foregoing and the proceeds thereof; 

(c) (i) all insurances in respect of such Vessel, whether heretofore, now or hereafter effected, and all renewals of or
replacements for the same (the “Insurances”), (ii) all claims, returns of premium and other moneys and claims for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of the Insurances, (iii) all other rights of the
undersigned under or in respect of the Insurances, and (iv) any proceeds of any of the foregoing and all interest and earnings from the investment of any of the foregoing and the proceeds thereof; 

(d) each Drilling Contract to which it is a party and all moneys earned and to be earned, due or to become due, or paid or
payable to, or for the account of, the undersigned, of whatsoever nature, in connection with any Drilling Contract and the proceeds thereof; 

(2) if it becomes an Internal Charterer subsequent to the Issue Date, the undersigned by its signature below accedes to
that certain Earnings Assignment by Internal Charterers dated as of July 30, 2010 and that certain Insurance Assignment by Internal Charterers dated as of July 30, 2010, as if such Internal Charterer were an original party to each, and
makes the assignments contained therein; 
 (3) if it is an Internal Charterer as of the Issue Date but enters
into a new Internal Charter subsequent to the Issue Date, the undersigned by its signature below confirms that certain Earnings Assignment by Internal Charterers dated as of July 30, 2010 and that certain Insurance Assignments by Internal
Charterers dated as of July 30, 2010 apply to such new Internal Charter; and 
 (4) if the undersigned is
an Internal Charterer on or subsequent to the Issue Date, it hereby (a) consents to the assignment to the Trustee of such Internal Charter 

 

 E-2 

 
made in any Note Guarantee or any other Collateral Agreements and agrees that it will make payment of all moneys due and to become due under such Internal Charter, without setoff or deduction for
any claim, in accordance with the Collateral Agreements and (b) agrees that such Internal Charter, and any claims it may have against the Vessel and any Guarantor that is an owner of a Vessel or an Internal Charterer thereof of such shall be
subject and subordinate in all respects to the lien of the respective Mortgage in favor of the Noteholder Collateral Agent, as Noteholder Collateral Agent and mortgagee, on the respective Vessel, and, at the option of the Noteholder Collateral
Agent, foreclosure under such Mortgage (through court proceeding or private action as the Noteholder Collateral Agent may determine in its sole discretion) shall terminate such Internal Charter (and automatically shall thereby terminate any claim
for unpaid hire or any other amount otherwise become due to the undersigned hereunder) and such liens and divest the undersigned and all subcharterers of all right, title and interest in and to the respective Vessel. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

 

			
	  

	[GUARANTOR], as a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 20    , among
                                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”),
a subsidiary of [Offshore Group Investment Limited][Vantage Drilling Company] (or its permitted successor), a [Cayman Islands exempted company] (the [“Company”][“Parent”]), the other Guarantors (as defined in the
Indenture referred to herein) and                             , as Trustee under the Indenture
referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of July 30, 2010 providing for the issuance of
11 1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015
(the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and
conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01
(“Without Consent of Holders”) of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary
hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Note Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof, and subject to the limitations therein.

 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are 

 

 F-1 

 
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy
shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. EFFECT OF
HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

 

 F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                    , 20     

 

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED,

as the Company

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 VANTAGE DRILLING COMPANY,

as Parent and as a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 [ADD ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS],

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 F-3 

 EXHIBIT G-1 

FORM OF SHIP MORTGAGE - PANAMA 
  

 G-1-1 

 EXHIBIT G-2 

FORM OF SHIP MORTGAGE AND DEED OF COVENANTS - BAHAMAS 
  

 G-2-1 

 EXHIBIT H-1 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INSURANCE – OWNER 

 

 H-1-1 

 EXHIBIT H-2 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INSURANCE BY INTERNAL CHARTERERS 

 

 H-2-1 

 EXHIBIT I-1 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF EARNINGS - OWNER 
  

 I-1-1 

 EXHIBIT I-2 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF EARNINGS BY INTERNAL CHARTERERS 
  

 I-2-1 

 EXHIBIT J 

FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 
  

 J-1 

 EXHIBIT K 

FORM OF OPINION OF BAHAMIAN LEGAL COUNSEL 
  

 K-1 

 EXHIBIT L 

FORM OF BRING-DOWN OPINION OF CAYMAN ISLANDS LEGAL COUNSEL 

 

 L-1Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 10.1 

 
  

 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 Dated as of July 30, 2010 

Among 

Offshore Group Investment Limited, 

as Issuer, 

The Guarantors 

listed on the signature pages hereto, 

and 

Jefferies & Company, Inc. and 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 

as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers 

$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
11 1/2% Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2015

  
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	SECTION 1.	  	DEFINITIONS	  	1
			
	SECTION 2.	  	EXCHANGE OFFER	  	5
			
	SECTION 3.	  	SHELF REGISTRATION	  	10
			
	SECTION 4.	  	ADDITIONAL INTEREST	  	11
			
	SECTION 5.	  	REGISTRATION PROCEDURES	  	13
			
	SECTION 6.	  	REGISTRATION EXPENSES	  	21
			
	SECTION 7.	  	INDEMNIFICATION	  	21
			
	SECTION 8.	  	RULES 144 AND 144A	  	24
			
	SECTION 9.	  	UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS	  	25
			
	SECTION 10.	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	25

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among
Offshore Group Investment Limited, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), the guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto (the “Guarantors”)
and Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the initial purchasers listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Initial
Purchasers”). 
 This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as
of the date hereof (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Representatives, pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue and sell (i) $982,192,000 in aggregate principal amount of the
Company’s 11 1/2% Senior Secured First Lien
Notes due 2015 (the “Rule 144A Notes”) to the Initial Purchasers in a private placement (the “Rule 144A Placement”) without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), and (ii) outside the United States $17,808,000 in aggregate principal amount of the
Company’s 11 1/2% Senior Secured First Lien
Notes due 2015 (the “Regulation S Notes” and, together with the Rule 144A Notes, the “Notes”) to the Initial Purchasers in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (the
“Regulation S Offering”) in reliance upon Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’
obligation to purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement. 
 The obligations of the Company under this
Agreement shall be deemed to be the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, including Parent, on a joint and several basis in every respect, including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay any Additional Interest, other amounts and any
indemnification and contribution obligations, in each case, as set forth in this Agreement, and shall also include such parties’ permitted successors and assigns. 

The parties hereby agree as follows: 

Section 1. Definitions. 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c) hereof. 

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Board of Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

 “Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Certificated Notes” means definitive Notes in registered certificated form. 

“Commission” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Day” shall mean a calendar day. 

“Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

“DTC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 

“Effectiveness Target Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)
hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof. 

“Filing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 

“FINRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(r) hereof. 

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Holder” shall mean any holder of a Transfer Restricted Security or Transfer Restricted Securities. 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Inspectors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 

“Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture. 

“Issue Date” shall mean July 30, 2010, the date of original issuance of the Notes. 

 

 2 

 “Issuer” shall mean the Company and the Guarantors, such that the
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement shall be joint and several obligations in every respect including but not limited to the obligations to pay any Additional Interest, other amounts and any indemnification and
contribution obligations, in each case, as set forth in this Agreement, and shall also include such parties’ permitted successors and assigns. 

“Legal Holiday” shall mean a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are
required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 7(a) hereof. 
 “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Parent” shall mean Vantage Drilling Company, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of
the Cayman Islands. 
 “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Private Exchange” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Private Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any
prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such
Prospectus. 
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof. 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any appropriate registration statement of the Issuer covering any of the Transfer
Restricted Securities filed with the Commission under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein. 
  

 3 

 “Regulation S Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
hereof. 
 “Regulation S Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Representative” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by subsequent holders that are not
affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time
to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 

“Rule 144A Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Rule 144A Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 

“Rule 415” shall mean Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 
 “Securities Act” shall have the
meaning set forth in the preamble hereof. 
 “Shelf Filing Event” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(c) hereof. 
 “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Shelf
Registration. 
 “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof. 

“TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Note until the earliest to occur of: (i) the date on which such
Note has been exchanged by a Person other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer; (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note
is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iii) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered
under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance 
  

 4 

 
with the Shelf Registration Statement; (iv) the date on which such Note shall have become eligible for resale by the Holder thereof in a single transaction under Rule 144 or (v) the
date on which such Note ceases to be outstanding (whether as a result of repurchase and cancellation, conversion or otherwise). 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and any successor thereto and the trustee (if any) under any
indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes and any successor thereto. 
 “Underwritten
registration or underwritten offering” shall mean a registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 

Section 2. Exchange Offer. 

(a) The Issuer shall (i) file within 120 Days of the Issue Date a Registration Statement (the “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement”) with the Commission on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange any and all of the Transfer Restricted Securities for a like aggregate
principal amount of notes (the “Exchange Notes”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or Additional Interest upon a
Registration Default) and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 210 Days after the Issue Date. To the extent not prohibited by any
applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Commission, upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective by the Commission, the Issuer will: (i) commence the Exchange Offer as soon as practicable after the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, (ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders, and (iii) use
commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 Business Days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective. 

Each Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing that (i) any Exchange
Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes
in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act or, if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iii) if such Holder is not a
broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes, (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a
result of market-making or other trading activities, it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, (v) such Holder has full power and authority to transfer the Notes in
exchange for the Exchange Notes and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto free and clear of any liens, restrictions, charges or encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims; (vi) such Holder is not a
broker-dealer that acquired Notes directly from the Issuer; and (vii) such Holder is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Issuer. Each Holder shall be required to make such

  

 5 

 
other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Commission for the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared
effective. 
 (b) The Issuer and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that
any broker-dealer that elects to exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer (a “Participating
Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes (other
than a resale of an unsold allotment resulting from the original offering of the Regulation S Notes). 
 The Issuer and the
Initial Purchasers also acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and
the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers
to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 

In light of the foregoing, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer (a “Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer”),
the Issuer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective for a period not to exceed 120 Days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared
effective, or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (such period, the “Applicable Period”), or such earlier date as all Requesting Participating Broker-Dealers shall have notified the
Issuer in writing that such Requesting Participating Broker-Dealers have resold all Exchange Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer. The Issuer shall include a plan of distribution in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement that meets the
requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph. 
 If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchaser or
any Holder, as the case may be, holds any Regulation S Notes acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or any Holder is not entitled to
participate in the Exchange Offer, the Issuer upon the request of the Initial Purchaser or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to the Initial
Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for such Notes held by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, a like principal amount of notes (the “Private
Exchange Notes”) of the Issuer that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except that the Private Exchange Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer and bear a legend to such effect. The Private Exchange Notes
shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the corresponding Exchange Notes. 
  

 6 

 For each Note surrendered in the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, if any, the Holder will
receive an Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Note. Interest on each Exchange Note and Private Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and in the Private
Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Issue Date. 

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the Issuer shall have no further registration obligations
other than the Issuer’s continuing registration obligations with respect to (i) Private Exchange Notes, (ii) Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers and (iii) Notes or Exchange Notes as to which
clauses (c)(iv)(A) or (B) of this Section 2 apply. 
 In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

 (1) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the
Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 

(2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York; 
 (3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York
time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 
 (4) otherwise comply in all
material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. 
 As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange
Offer and the Private Exchange, if any, the Issuer shall: 
 (1) accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered
and not validly withdrawn by the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any; 
 (2)
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and 
 (3)
cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each such Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Transfer Restricted Securities of such Holder so accepted for
exchange. 
 The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the
Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate any law or applicable rule, regulation or interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no Action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court
or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuer to proceed with the 
  

 7 

 
Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing Action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer and (iii) all governmental
approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange. 

The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all
material respects to the Indenture (in either case, with such changes as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified
under the TIA and shall provide that (a) the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (b) the Private Exchange Notes shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the
Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or
the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. 
 (c) If: 

(i) the Issuer is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 

(ii) any law or applicable rules, regulations or interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Issuer
to effect the Exchange Offer; 
 (iii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 240 Days of
the Issue Date; 
 (iv) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company
prior to the 20th Business Day following consummation of
the Exchange Offer that: 
 (A) it is prohibited by law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the
Commission from participating in the Exchange Offer; 
 (B) it may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it
in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a Prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales; or 

(C) it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company. 

(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of this sentence, a “Shelf Filing Event”), then the Issuer shall file
a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 
 Section 3. Shelf Registration. 

If at any time a Shelf Filing Event shall occur, then: 

 

 8 

 (a) The Issuer shall file promptly with the Commission a Registration Statement for an
offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Transfer Restricted Securities not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iii)(A) is applicable
(the “Shelf Registration”). The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Transfer Restricted Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated
by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuer shall not permit any securities other than the Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration. 

(b) The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts: 

(i) to file with the Commission the Shelf Registration as promptly as practicable but in any event within 30 Days of
notice of the Shelf Filing Event (the “Filing Date”); 
 (ii) to cause the
Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission on or prior to the
90th Day after the Filing Date; and 

(iii) to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (A) the time when the Notes covered by
the Shelf Registration Statement can be resold freely pursuant to Rule 144 without any information or restriction under clause (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) two years from the Issue Date; (C) the date on which all
Transfer Restricted Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith subject to extension pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof or (D) the date when all Transfer Restricted Securities have ceased
to be outstanding, whether as a result of repurchase and cancellation, conversion or otherwise (the “Effectiveness Period”); provided, however, that (i) the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf
Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and (ii) the Issuer may suspend
the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by written notice to the Holders solely as a result of the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with
respect to the Issuer where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus, provided that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration shall be
extended by such number of Days for which effectiveness is suspended under this clause (iii). 
 (c) Supplements and
Amendments. The Issuer agrees to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration Statement or
by the Securities Act for shelf registration, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or by any underwriter of such Transfer
Restricted Securities. 
  

 9 

 (d) Provision of Information. No Holder shall be entitled to include any of its
Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless such Holder furnishes to the Issuer in writing, within 20 days after the receipt of a written request therefore, such information as the Issuer,
after conferring with counsel with regard to information relating to Holders that would be required by the Commission to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein, may reasonably request for inclusion in any
Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein. 
 Section 4. Additional Interest. 

(a) The Issuer agrees that if: 

(i) the Issuer fails to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to the
120th day after the Issue Date; 
 (ii) the Issuer fails to file the Shelf Registration with the Commission
on or prior to the Filing Date; 
 (iii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective on
or prior to the 210th day following the Issue Date or the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90th day after the Filing Date, in each case, if that day is not a Business Day, the next day that is a
Business Day (the “Effectiveness Target Date”); 
 (iv) the Issuer fails to
consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the
30th Business Day following the date on which the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective; or 
 (v) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with the resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the Applicable Period 

(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v) a “Registration Default”), the Issuer will pay additional cash
interest (“Additional Interest”) to each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities. The rate of Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum on the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for the first
90-Day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum on the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-Day period up to
a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.00% per annum on the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the earlier of
(1) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which all the Transfer Restricted Securities otherwise become freely transferable by Holders other than affiliates of the Issuer without further
registration under the Securities Act. 
 The Company will pay such Additional Interest on regular Interest Payment Dates in the
same manner as other interest is paid on the Notes. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Notes. All Additional Interest

  

 10 

 
will be paid by the Company and the Guarantors on the next scheduled interest payment date to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee by wire transfer of immediately
available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase more than by the foregoing rates
because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (2) a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes who is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement (i.e., such Holder has not elected to include
information) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement. 

(b) So long as Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee within five Business Days after
each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid. Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to clauses (a)(i) through (a)(v) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash
semi-annually on each Interest Payment Date, commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commence to accrue, to Holders to whom regular interest is payable on such Interest Payment Date with respect to Notes that
are Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Additional Interest for Transfer Restricted Securities will be determined by multiplying the applicable rate of Additional Interest by the aggregate principal amount of all such Transfer Restricted
Securities outstanding on the Interest Payment Date following such Registration Default in the case of the first such payment of Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default (and thereafter at the next succeeding Interest Payment Date
until the cure of such Registration Default), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-Day year comprised of twelve
30-Day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of Days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Notes.

 Section 5. Registration Procedures. 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer shall effect such
registrations to permit the issuance or sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer
hereunder, the Issuer shall: 
 (a) Prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement or Registration Statements
prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that if (1) such filing is
pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto, before filing any 
  

 11 

 
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such
Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its counsel (if such counsel is known to the Issuer) and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents
(including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing or such later date as is reasonable under the circumstances).
The Issuer shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or
any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object in writing on a timely basis. 

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be, subject to any Delay Periods; cause the
related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply
with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and
with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus, in each case, in accordance with the intended methods of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or
Prospectus, as so amended. 
 (c) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or
(2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the
Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that such Broker-Dealer will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the applicable Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, or each
such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, as promptly as possible, and, if requested by any such Person, confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any
Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any
proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers
the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any 
  

 12 

 
agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m)(i) hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Transfer Restricted Securities or the Exchange Notes for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation
or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known to the Issuer that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related
Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or
documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate. 

(d) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use commercially reasonable efforts
to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Transfer
Restricted Securities or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest practicable date.

 (e) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period and if reasonably
requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may
be, (i) promptly incorporate in such Registration Statement or Prospectus a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or any Participating
Broker-Dealer, as the case may be (based upon advice of counsel), determine is reasonably necessary to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable
after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would,
in the written opinion of counsel to the Issuer, violate applicable laws. 
 (f) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed
pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is 

 

 13 

 
required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, who so requests, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or
Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits. 

(g) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, its respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each
form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer hereby
consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any,
and dealers (if any), in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 (h) Prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Transfer Restricted Securities
or Exchange Notes, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and its respective counsel in connection
with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities or state Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted
Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Issuer’s counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to
be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things
reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not
be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or
(C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  

 14 

 (i) If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the
selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold, which certificates
shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter
or underwriters, if any, or selling Holders may reasonably request in writing at least five Business Days prior to any sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities. 

(j) Use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes covered by any Registration
Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such
Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuer will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such
Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified, (B) take
any action that would subject them to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject or (C) subject themselves to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where they are not
then so subject. 
 (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period,
upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) and the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5) file with the Commission, at the
sole expense of the Issuer, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus
will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 (l) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Transfer Restricted Securities,
(i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide CUSIP numbers for the Transfer Restricted Securities. 

(m) In connection with any underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an
underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and take all such other actions as are customary in underwritten offerings and are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or
underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of 
  

 15 

 
such Transfer Restricted Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer
and its subsidiaries, as then conducted (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each
case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the written
opinions of counsel to the Issuer and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions
requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in
form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of
the Issuer or of any business acquired by the Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such
letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and (iv) cause the underwriting agreement to contain indemnification provisions
and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to provide indemnification to any underwriter selected in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof with respect to information relating to such underwriter furnished in writing to the Issuer by or on behalf of such underwriter expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The above
shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder. 
 (n) If
(1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by
any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such Transfer Restricted Securities being sold or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the
case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may
be, or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and its subsidiaries
to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement and Prospectus. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and that it will not disclose, or
use in connection with any market transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws, any Records (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a 

 

 16 

 
misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent
jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such information is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for an Inspector in connection with any Action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such
Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreements, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder or (iv) the information in such Records has
been made generally available to the public; provided, however, that (i) each Inspector shall agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such
Inspector pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and (ii) each such Inspector shall take such actions as are
reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

 (o) Provide an indenture trustee for the Transfer Restricted Securities or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause
the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(b) hereof to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to the Transfer Restricted Securities;
and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such indenture
to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to
be filed with the Commission to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
 (p) Comply in all material
respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the Issuer’s security holders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158
thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 Days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 Days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the
end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the
first Day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuer after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods consistent with the requirements of Rule 158. 

(q) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Transfer Restricted Securities by Holders to
the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, mark, or cause to be marked, on such Transfer Restricted Securities that such Transfer Restricted
Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; provided that in no event shall such Transfer Restricted Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 

 

 17 

 (r) Cooperate with each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Registration
Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
(“FINRA”). 
 (s) Use commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary or advisable
to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 

The Issuer may require each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes as to which any registration is being effected to
furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Issuer may exclude from such registration the
Transfer Restricted Securities of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time (which shall in no event exceed 30 Days from the date of receipt of such request by the seller) after receiving such
request and in the event of such an exclusion, the Issuer shall have no further obligation under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligations under Section 4) with respect to such seller or any subsequent Holder of such
Transfer Restricted Securities. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Issuer by
such seller not materially misleading. 
 If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the
holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such
securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the
Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement
to the applicable Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required. 

Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Securities that there may be delays in
its use of a Shelf Registration Statement due to a Suspension Period. In connection with a Suspension Period, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer: 

(i) that the Prospectus would, in the reasonable judgment of Parent, contain a material misstatement or omission as a
result of an event that has occurred and is continuing; 
 (ii) the majority of the independent members of the
Board of Directors of Parent (the “Board of Directors”) shall have determined in good faith that: 
  

 18 

 (A) the offer or sale of any Transfer Restricted Securities would
materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving Parent or the Issuer,

 (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Registration
Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and 

(C) (x) Parent has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction,
(y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on Parent or Parent’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) renders Parent or the Issuer unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that
would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or 

(iii) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of Parent shall have determined in good faith,
after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of Parent or the Issuer to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in
order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (1) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) reflecting in the prospectus
included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
information set forth therein; or (3) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to
such information, 
 then Parent or the Issuer may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed
or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Shelf Registration, in all cases, for a period (a “Suspension Period”) expiring upon the earliest to occur of
(x) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) the date of such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus, and (y) receipt of notice in writing (the
“Advice”) by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto, provided that (1) any such Suspension Period may not exceed 45 days in
any 90 day period and (2) there shall be no more than 60 days of Suspension Periods in any 12 month period. 
 In the event
of any Suspension Period pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of the preceding paragraph, notice shall be given as soon as practicable after the Board of Directors of Parent makes such a determination of the need for a Suspension Period and
shall state, to the extent practicable, an estimate of the duration of such Suspension Period and shall advise the recipient thereof of the agreement of such Holder provided in the next succeeding sentence. Each Holder,

  

 19 

 
by his acceptance of any Transfer Restricted Securities, agrees that during any Suspension Period, each Holder will keep such notice confidential and will discontinue disposition of such Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus. 
 Section 6. Registration Expenses.

 All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer (other than any
underwriting discounts or commissions and transfer taxes) shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated,
including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses
of compliance with federal securities or state Blue Sky or securities laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange
Notes and determination of the eligibility of the Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities are located, in the case of an
Exchange Offer, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of a Shelf Registration or in the case of Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses,
including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is
requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Exchange Notes to be sold by
any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and reasonable fees and disbursements of one special
counsel for all of the sellers of Transfer Restricted Securities (which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer) (exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified
public accountants referred to in Section 5(m)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities Act liability
insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (viii) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and
employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties), (ix) the expense of any annual audit, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the
obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, and (xi) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents
necessary in order to comply with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Transfer Restricted Securities sold
by or on behalf of it. 
  

 20 

 Section 7. Indemnification. 

(a) The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities and
each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, the
agents, employees, officers and directors of each Holder and each such Participating Broker-Dealer and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling Person (each, a “Participant”) from and against any and all
losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation,
commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation (in the manner set forth in clause (c) below)) (collectively, “Losses”) to which they or any of
them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or Actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
provided that (i) the foregoing indemnity shall not be available to any Participant insofar as such Losses are caused by, arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished to the Issuer in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein, and (ii) that the foregoing indemnity with respect to any Prospectus
shall not inure to the benefit of any Participant from whom the Person asserting such Losses purchased Transfer Restricted Securities if (x) it is established in the related proceeding that such Participant failed to send or give a copy of the
Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if such amendment or supplement was furnished to such Participant prior to the written confirmation of such sale) to such Person with or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, if required by applicable
law, and (y) the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was completely corrected in the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if amended or supplemented as aforesaid) and such Prospectus does not contain any other
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was the subject matter of the related proceeding. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer may otherwise have, including, but not limited
to, liability under this Agreement. 
 (b) Each Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless
(in the same manner and to the same extent set forth in subsection 7(a)) the Issuer, each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and each of
its agents, employees, officers and directors and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling Person from and against any Losses to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
otherwise insofar as such Losses (or Actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any 

 

 21 

 
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary
prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished in writing to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein. 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection 7(a) or 7(b) above of notice of the commencement of any action,
suit or proceeding (collectively, an “Action”), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be
sought in writing of the commencement of such Action (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been
prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such Action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement of such Action, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
in such Action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense of such Action with counsel satisfactory to such
indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such Action, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such Action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed
counsel to take charge of the defense of such Action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the Action, or (iii) the named parties to such Action (including any impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and the
indemnifying party or parties (or such indemnifying parties have assumed the defense of such Action), and such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded, that counsel selected by the indemnifying party has a conflict of interest
in representing both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all
indemnified parties in connection with any one Action or separate but substantially similar or related Actions arising in the same jurisdiction out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Any such separate firm for the Participants shall
be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Transfer Restricted Securities sold by all such Participants and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and any such separate firm for the Issuer, its affiliates,
officers, directors, representatives, employees and agents and such control Person of the Issuer shall be designated in writing by the Issuer and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any
settlement of any claim or Action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified

  

 22 

 
party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such
indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. 

(d) In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is for any
reason held to be unavailable from the indemnifying party, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under this Section 7, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such aggregate Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying party, on the one hand, and each indemnified party, on the other hand, from the sale of the Notes to the
Purchaser or the Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, or the resale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by such Holder, as applicable, or (ii) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnified party, on the one hand, and each indemnifying party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuer, on the one hand, and each Participant, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the
total proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Purchaser or the Initial Purchasers, as the case may be (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer are to (y) the total net profit received by such
Participant in connection with the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or such Participant and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission or alleged statement or omission. 
 (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7,
(i) in no case shall any Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities exceeds the amount of any
damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any
Action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 7, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such
party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by
such failure; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any Action for which notice has been given under this Section 7 for purposes of indemnification. Anything in this section to the contrary
notwithstanding, no party shall be 
  

 23 

 
liable for contribution with respect to any Action or claim settled without its written consent, provided, however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld.

 Section 8. Rules 144 and 144A. 

For so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, the Issuer covenants that it will file the reports required, if
any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any
time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. The Issuer further covenants that for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding it will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request from time to time to
enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144(b) and (d) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such
Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. 

Section 9. Underwritten Registrations. 

If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment
banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Issuer. 
 No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may participate in any underwritten registration
hereunder if such Holder does not (a) agree to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and
(b) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

Section 10. Miscellaneous. 

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer has not, as of the date hereof, and shall not have, after the date of this Agreement,
entered into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to
the Holders hereunder do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with, in any material respect, the rights granted to the holders of any of the Issuer’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. The Issuer has not
entered and will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement. 

(b) Adjustments Affecting Transfer Restricted Securities. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with
respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a class 
  

 24 

 
that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to include such Transfer Restricted Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers
or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by (i) the Issuer and (ii)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered
by the Issuer and each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any Person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Transfer Restricted Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any
Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement. 

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the
Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier: 

(i) if to a Holder of the Transfer Restricted Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address
of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture. 

(ii) if to the Issuer, at the address as follows: 

c/o Vantage Drilling Company 

777 Post Oak Blvd., Suite 610 

Houston, Texas 77056 

Facsimile: (281) 404-4700 

Attention: Douglas Smith, Chief Financial Officer 

with a copy to: 

Porter & Hedges L.L.P. 

1000 Main Street, 36th Floor 

Houston, Texas 77002 

Facsimile: (713) 226-6291 

Attention: Bryan Brown 

(iii) if to the Representatives on behalf of the Initial Purchasers as follows: 

 

 25 

 Jefferies & Company, Inc. 

520 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor 

New York, New York 10022 

Facsimile: (212) 284-2280 

Attention: General Counsel 

with a copy to: 

Jones Day 
 222
East 41st Street 
 New York, New York 10017 

Facsimile: (212) 755-7306 

Attention: Christopher M. Kelly 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture. 
 (e) Successors and
Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not
inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign holds Transfer Restricted Securities. 

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof. 
 (h) Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America
located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit,
action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each
party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in 
  

 26 

 
any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and
sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any right it may have, and agrees not to
request, a jury trial for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. 

(i) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto
shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention
of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable. 

(j) Securities Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of
Transfer Restricted Securities is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such
consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
 (k) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders and
beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No other Person is intended to be, or shall be
construed as, a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. 
 (l) Attorneys’ Fees. As between the parties to this
Agreement, in any Action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees actually
incurred in addition to its costs and expenses and any other available remedy. 
 (m) Remedies. The Issuer acknowledges
and agrees that any failure by the Issuer to comply with its obligations under this Agreement may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers, the Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it
will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers, the Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuer’s
obligations under this Agreement. The Issuer further agrees to waive the defense in any Action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the parties agree that the sole monetary
damages payable for a violation of the terms of this Agreement with respect to which Additional Interest is provided, shall be such Additional Interest. 
  

 27 

 (n) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the
Indenture and the other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer on the
other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby. 

 

 28 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	OFFSHORE GROUP INVESTMENT LIMITED,
	as Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 VANTAGE DRILLING COMPANY,

as Parent and as a Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 VANTAGE HOLDING HUNGARY KFT,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Julia Varga

		 	Name: Julia Varga
		 	Title: Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Chris C. Celano

		 	Name: Chris C. Celano
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	 VANTAGE DRILLING NETHERLANDS BV,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Chris E. Celano

	Name:	 	Chris E. Celano
	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ T.J. van Rijn

		 	Name: T.J. van Rijn
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	P2021 RIG CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

 29 

			
	VANTAGE INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER I CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER II CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	VANTAGE DRILLER IV CO., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 SAPPHIRE DRILLER COMPANY,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 EMERALD DRILLER COMPANY,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

 30 

			
	MANDARIN DRILLING COMPANY,
	as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Douglas G. Smith

	Name:	 	Douglas G. Smith
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  

 31 

			
	INITIAL PURCHASERS:
	
	JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers
	
	JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Craig Zaph

	Name:	 	Craig Zaph
	Title:	 	Managing Director
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Sten Gustafson

	Name:	 	Sten Gustafson
	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Rogers

	Name:	 	James Rogers
	Title:	 	Managing Director

  

 32 

 SCHEDULE A 

INITIAL PURCHASERS 
  

				
	 Name
	  	Principal Amount
of the Notes
	 Jefferies & Company, Inc.
	  	$	450,000,000
	 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
	  	 	190,000,000
	 Pareto Securities AS
	  	 	170,000,000
	 Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C.
	  	 	140,000,000
	 Arctic Securities ASA
	  	 	20,000,000
	 RS Platou Markets AS
	  	 	20,000,000
	 FBR Capital Markets & Co.
	  	 	10,000,000
		  	 	 
	 Total
	  	$	1,000,000,000

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00176-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00176-of-00352.parquet"}]]